WO2020221055A1 - Method for receiving data and sending data, and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Method for receiving data and sending data, and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020221055A1 WO2020221055A1 PCT/CN2020/085760 CN2020085760W WO2020221055A1 WO 2020221055 A1 WO2020221055 A1 WO 2020221055A1 CN 2020085760 W CN2020085760 W CN 2020085760W WO 2020221055 A1 WO2020221055 A1 WO 2020221055A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- transmit
- time domain
- data
- frequency domain
- domain resources
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 163
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 162
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 70
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 56
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 104
- 235000019527 sweetened beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 50
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 43
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102100035959 Cationic amino acid transporter 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006231 SLC7A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005265 energy consumption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008570 general process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006855 networking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for receiving and sending data.
- the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) introduced license assisted access (license assisted access) in version 13 (release-13, R-13) and version 14 (release-14, R-14), respectively.
- LAA license assisted access
- eLAA enhanced LAA
- the sending end device first monitors whether the unlicensed channel (or unlicensed spectrum) is free before sending a signal. For example, the sender device confirms whether the channel is free through a listen before talk (LBT) mechanism.
- LBT listen before talk
- the network device if the LBT initiated by the network device is successful, the network device obtains the channel use right.
- the network device occupies the channel during the channel occupancy time (COT).
- the network device can send data to the terminal device, and the network device can indicate the data to the terminal device through downlink control information (DCI)
- DCI downlink control information
- the network device needs to update the DCI indication information in real time to indicate the time domain resource of the terminal device data.
- the method is very wasteful of resources.
- the present application provides a method and communication device for receiving and sending data, in order to avoid resource waste, save signaling overhead, and reduce transmission delay.
- a communication method is provided.
- the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
- the method may include: a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource for transmitting data and a time domain resource for transmitting the DCI Information about the relative position between the two; based on the time domain resource indication, the terminal device receives the data.
- DCI downlink control information
- the terminal device receives the downlink control information (DCI), which can be used to indicate the start and length indicator (start and length indicator, SLIV) (or, it can also be called the time domain resource indicator).
- DCI downlink control information
- start and length indicator start and length indicator
- SLIV start and length indicator
- the SLIV includes information about the relative position between the time domain resources used to transmit data and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI.
- LBT succeeds, or in other words, the time domain resources used to transmit data
- the time domain resource indication information in DCI does not need to be updated, because SLIV indicates the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI Therefore, it is possible to avoid waste of resources and reduce requirements on network equipment, and it can also ensure that the terminal device correctly obtains the resource location of the transmitted data, and then correctly receives the data, reduces the transmission delay, and ensures the data transmission performance.
- the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L
- the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain resource used to transmit the DCI
- the number of symbols between the start positions of the time domain resources, the L represents the length of the time domain resources used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
- the terminal device can determine the start position of the time domain resource for transmitting data based on the start position of the time domain resource of the received DCI, so as to know when to start receiving data.
- the value of S will not change continuously with the change of the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit data, which can save the network equipment from continuously notifying the terminal device of the absolute position of the time domain resource used to transmit data. Signaling overhead to avoid wasting resources.
- the value of S can be any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the time used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols occupied by the domain resource, T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the time domain resources occupied by the multicast common physical downlink control channel GC-PDCCH and/or the time domain occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel PDCCH When the resource does not include a complete symbol, the value of S is 0.
- the method further includes: the terminal device acquiring first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain used to transmit the data Resource information.
- the terminal equipment may determine the frequency domain resources based on the obtained indication information.
- the indication information may be an implicit indication or a display indication; or, the indication information may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device, or may be pre-defined by the protocol.
- the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH Do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH
- the frequency domain resources and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH
- the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and
- the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- data coexists with GC-PDCCH and/or PDCCH on different frequency domain resources of the same symbol.
- the terminal device can perform data frequency domain resource analysis on symbols where data coexists with GC-PDCCH and/or PDCCH according to different situations, such as the multiple situations listed above, that is, rate matching (rate matching). -matching), so that the frequency domain resources used for data transmission can be determined.
- the method further includes: the terminal device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the S is used to transmit the The number of symbols between the time domain resource of the data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI.
- the indication information may be an implicit indication or a display indication.
- the terminal device can determine the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI according to the instructions of the network device, and further determine when Start receiving data.
- the method further includes: the terminal device determines the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the data according to one or more of the following: The time-frequency resource of the synchronization signal block, the time-frequency resource used to transmit the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, the time-frequency resource used to transmit paging, or the demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate the data Time-frequency resources.
- the terminal device may consider one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block, and the channel state information reference signal used to transmit The time-frequency resources of CSI-RS, the time-frequency resources used to transmit paging, or the time-frequency resources of demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate data, thereby avoiding the time-frequency resources and other signals used to transmit data
- the overlap of time and frequency resources affects data transmission performance.
- a communication method is provided.
- the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
- the method may include: a network device determines a time domain resource indication; the network device sends the DCI to a terminal device, the DCI includes information of the time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes information for transmitting data Information about the relative position between the time domain resource and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI.
- the network device when the network device indicates the time domain resource indication to the terminal device, it can indicate the relative position information between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI. Therefore, no matter where the network device is Where LBT is successful, or when the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit data appears in a different time domain location, the time domain resource indication information in the DCI does not need to be updated, which can avoid waste of resources and reduce
- the requirements for network equipment can also ensure that the terminal equipment correctly obtains the resource location of the transmitted data, and then correctly receives the data to ensure the data transmission performance.
- the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L
- the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain resource used to transmit the DCI
- the number of symbols between the start positions of the time domain resources, the L represents the length of the time domain resources used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
- the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the time for transmitting the DCI
- T represents the time for transmitting the DCI
- T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the time domain resources occupied by the multicast common physical downlink control channel GC-PDCCH and/or the time domain occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel PDCCH When the resource does not include a complete symbol, the value of S is 0.
- the method further includes: the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The frequency domain resource information of the data.
- the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH Do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH
- the frequency domain resources and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH
- the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and the The terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- the method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the S means The number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit the data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI.
- a communication device configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing first aspect.
- the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the first aspect.
- a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the second aspect.
- the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the second aspect.
- a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes a memory and a processor, the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect Provided method.
- a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes a memory and a processor, the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device performs the second aspect. Provided method.
- a chip in a seventh aspect, includes a processing module and a communication interface, the processing module is configured to control the communication interface to communicate with the outside, and the processing module is also configured to implement the method provided in the first aspect.
- a chip in an eighth aspect, includes a processing module and a communication interface, the processing module is configured to control the communication interface to communicate with the outside, and the processing module is also configured to implement the method provided in the second aspect.
- a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
- the communication device realizes the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect The method in the way.
- a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
- the communication device realizes the second aspect and any possible realization of the second aspect The method in the way.
- a computer program product containing instructions which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the first aspect.
- a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the second aspect.
- a communication system including the aforementioned network equipment and terminal equipment.
- the SLIV indicated by the network device to the terminal device includes information about the relative position between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI. Therefore, no matter where the network device is located, LBT In other words, when the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit data appears in a different time domain position, the time domain resource indication information in the DCI does not need to be updated, which can avoid the waste of resources and reduce the need for network equipment. It can also ensure that the terminal device correctly obtains the resource location of the transmitted data, and then receives the data correctly to ensure the data transmission performance.
- Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application
- Figure 2 shows another schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an LBT interception mechanism applicable to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of another LBT interception mechanism applicable to an embodiment of the present application
- FIGS 5 and 6 show schematic diagrams of two possible time slot frame structures
- Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of channel occupation
- Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of a mini-slot
- Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of CORESET and PDSCH being transmitted on the same symbol, which is applicable to an embodiment of the present application
- (1) and (2) in FIG. 12 show a schematic diagram of transmitting RMSI CORESET and RMSI PDSCH applicable to the embodiments of the present application;
- FIG. 13 shows another schematic diagram of sending RMSI CORESET and RMSI PDSCH applicable to the embodiments of the present application
- FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 16 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: the future 5th generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), global system for mobile communications, GSM ) System, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long-term evolution (long-term evolution) term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnected microwave access Into (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication systems, etc.
- 5G future 5th generation
- NR global system for mobile communications
- GSM Global System for mobile communications
- CDMA code division multiple access
- WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
- GPRS general packet radio service
- LTE long-term evolution
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD LTE time division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
- WiMAX global inter
- V2X vehicle-to-vehicle
- V2I vehicle to roadside infrastructure
- V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
- V2N vehicle-to-network
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 111 shown in FIG. 1, and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 121 shown in FIG. To terminal equipment 123. Both network equipment and terminal equipment can be configured with multiple antennas, and the network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate using multiple antenna technology.
- the network device when a network device communicates with a terminal device, the network device may manage one or more cells, and there may be an integer number of terminal devices in a cell.
- the network device 111 and the terminal device 121 to the terminal device 123 form a single-cell communication system.
- the cell is denoted as cell #1.
- the network device 111 may be a network device in the cell #1, or in other words, the network device 111 may serve a terminal device (for example, the terminal device 121) in the cell #1.
- a cell can be understood as an area covered by a wireless signal of a network device.
- FIG. 2 is another schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 200 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to D2D communication.
- the wireless communication system 200 includes a plurality of terminal devices, such as the terminal device 124 to the terminal device 126 in FIG. 2.
- the terminal device 124 to the terminal device 126 can directly communicate with each other.
- the terminal device 124 and the terminal device 125 may send data to the terminal device 126 separately or at the same time.
- FIGS. 1 and 2 are only simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding.
- the communication system 100 or the communication system 200 may further include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in the figure.
- the network device in the wireless communication system may be any device with a wireless transceiver function.
- the equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), Radio Network Controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), home base station (for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BaseBand Unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (Access Point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR ,
- the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
- the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU for short).
- CU implements part of the functions of gNB
- DU implements part of the functions of gNB.
- the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
- RRC radio resource control
- PDCP packet data convergence protocol
- the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
- RLC radio link control
- MAC media access control
- PHY physical
- the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
- the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
- the terminal equipment in the wireless communication system may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
- the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and wireless terminals in smart homes.
- the embodiment of this application does not limit the application scenario.
- the frequency spectrum used by the wireless communication system can be divided into two categories, licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum.
- the carrier on the licensed spectrum is called the licensed carrier
- the carrier on the unlicensed spectrum is called the unlicensed carrier.
- LBT long-term evolution of the unlicensed spectrum
- LBT is A carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) technology.
- CSMA carrier sense multiple access
- LBT is based on energy detection (energy detection, ED) to support the coexistence of different nodes and technologies.
- ED energy detection
- the preamble detection-based mechanism in the WiFi system has more advantages.
- TXOP transmission opportunity
- the transmission opportunity (TXOP) length is carried in the payload (payload) of the preamble, and the backoff depends on the preamble detection and the demodulation/decoding of the payload.
- the transmitting end device can send a channel occupation signal to other surrounding devices.
- the channel occupation signal indicates to other devices the length of time that the transmitting end device needs to occupy on the competing channel, thereby avoiding collisions of other devices. Improve communication efficiency. Transmission or reception can be performed within this time period.
- the sending end device may be a network device, for example, the network device 111 in the communication system 100.
- the sending end device may also be a terminal device, for example, the terminal device 121, or the terminal device 122, or the terminal device 123 in the communication system 100.
- the LBT initiated by the network device is successful, it is determined that it can communicate with the terminal device. If data is sent during the communication, the network device is the sending device; if it is receiving data during the communication, the network device is Receiving device. If the LBT initiated by the terminal device is successful, it is determined that it can communicate with the network device. If it is sending data during the communication, the terminal device is the sending device; if it is receiving data during the communication, the network device is the receiving device.
- the sending end device After the LBT is successful, the sending end device sends a channel occupation signal, which is used to indicate to other devices the length of time that the sending end device will use the channel on the channel that it is competing for.
- the sender device obtains the right to use the channel.
- the sender device occupies the channel within the channel occupancy time (COT).
- COT channel occupancy time
- the COT may be configured by the network device, or specified by the standard, or pre-stored, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In other words, the sender device can transmit in the COT without being disturbed by other devices.
- the COT can be less than or equal to the maximum channel occupancy time (maximum channel occupancy time, MCOT), or it can be TXOP.
- COT channel occupation time for description.
- the sending end device when the sending end device is a network device, the transmission in the corresponding COT is downlink transmission; when the sending end device is a terminal device, the transmission in the corresponding COT is uplink transmission.
- the sender device may share the obtained channel usage rights in the COT with other devices.
- the sending end device when the sending end device is a network device, the network device can share the channel use right to the terminal device for use, that is, allow the terminal device to transmit in the COT. In other words, there will be a switch between uplink transmission and downlink transmission within a certain COT. This switching can be one or multiple times.
- FIG 3 One type of LBT listening mechanism is shown in Figure 3, where the LBT device can perform independent backoff on multiple carriers, such as component carriers (CC).
- CC component carriers
- the LBT device can perform independent backoff on multiple carriers, such as component carriers (CC).
- CC component carriers
- the LBT device can perform independent backoff on multiple carriers, such as component carriers (CC).
- CC component carriers
- the competing node Wi-Fi is occupied, that is, when there is a Wi-Fi protocol data unit on carrier 2
- the LBT device backs off independently on carrier 1, carrier 3, and carrier 4 (ie self-backoff)
- Busy extended idle channel assessment can be understood as estimating the length of the channel occupied by the LBT device on carrier 2.
- the LBT device backs off independently on carrier 2 and carrier 3, and performs busy extended idle channel assessment on carrier 4.
- the busy initial idle channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the WiFi node is occupied.
- the idle initial channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the base station is occupied.
- the busy extended idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed during the occupation of the WiFi node.
- the idle extension idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed before data transmission.
- Carrier 1 to carrier 4 in Fig. 3 specifically, as shown in Fig. 3, when LBT self-backoffs on carrier 1 and carrier 3, no data is transmitted on carrier 4.
- the device needs to do an additional one-shot clear channel assessment (one-shot CCA) to ensure that all carriers are free.
- the initial idle channel assessment duration is idle. If all the carriers are idle, the base station transmits on the idle carriers at the same time. For example, a duration can be 25 microseconds (us).
- FIG 4 There is also a type of LBT listening mechanism as shown in Figure 4, where the LBT device only performs back-off on a selected component carrier.
- back-off is performed on the selected carrier.
- initial idle channel assessment on carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 3 (as shown in the busy initial idle channel assessment time slot in Figure 4). That is, when the backoff ends, one-shot CCA is performed on other component carriers. If the component carrier is idle, data transmission is performed; if the component carrier is not idle, data transmission cannot be performed on the component carrier this time.
- the busy initial idle channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the WiFi node is occupied.
- the idle initial channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the base station is occupied.
- the busy extended idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed during the occupied period of the WiFi node.
- the idle extension idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed before data transmission.
- the device performing LBT may be a communication device in a 5G system or a next-generation system, such as LAA LTE, WiFi, NR-U, or other communication devices operating in an unlicensed frequency band.
- the interference received by the device performing LBT in Figure 3 or Figure 4 comes from the WiFi system.
- the interference received by the device performing LBT can also come from 5G systems or next-generation systems, such as LAA LTE, NR-U or Other communication systems working in unlicensed frequency bands are not limited in this application.
- the LBT interception mechanism adopted in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the interception mechanism shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 above.
- the sending end device After the sending end device competes for the channel, it can send channel occupation signals to other surrounding devices.
- the channel occupancy signal can be used to indicate to other devices the transmission time that the transmitting end device needs to occupy on the competing channel, thereby avoiding collisions of other devices.
- the channel occupancy signal can also instruct other devices to feed back channel occupancy information.
- the channel occupation signal may also be channel occupation indication information or channel indication information, etc., and its specific name does not limit the scope of protection to be protected by this application.
- the smallest unit of time domain resources The embodiment of the present application does not limit the time length of a symbol.
- the length of a symbol can be different.
- the symbol may include an uplink symbol and a downlink symbol, as an example and not a limitation; the downlink symbol may be called an OFDM symbol, for example.
- the symbol may be another example of the resource unit.
- the time slot is a period of time resource.
- a time slot may be the smallest scheduling unit of time.
- a slot format contains 14 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is a normal CP (normal CP); a slot format contains 12 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is an extended CP ( extended CP);
- a slot format contains 7 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is the normal CP.
- the OFDM symbols in a time slot can be all used for uplink transmission; all can be used for downlink transmission; or some of them can be used for downlink transmission, some for uplink transmission, and some are reserved for no transmission. It should be understood that the above examples are merely illustrative and should not constitute any limitation to the application. For the sake of system forward compatibility, the slot format is not limited to the above example.
- the frame structure shown in FIG. 5 is a frame structure under the LTE system.
- the first 1 OFDM symbol, or the first 2 OFDM symbols, or the first 3 OFDM symbols carry downlink control information (DCI), and the following symbols carry data.
- DCI downlink control information
- the following symbols carry data.
- DCI is located on one or more of the first 3 symbols of each frame.
- mini-slots In order to improve the flexibility of system scheduling, the concept of mini-slots, mini-slots, is introduced in NR. Its length can be: 2 OFDM symbols, 4 OFDM symbols, or 7 OFDM symbols.
- the mini-slot with 4 symbols and the mini-slot with 2 symbols are shown in Figure 6.
- the first symbol in each mini-slot has a mini-slot control resource set (control resource set, CORESET), which is used to carry the mini-slot scheduling information.
- CORESET control resource set
- Control resource set A resource set used to transmit downlink control information, which may also be referred to as a control resource region or a physical downlink control channel resource set.
- Each control resource set may be a set of resource element groups (REG).
- REG is the basic unit for downlink control signaling to allocate physical resources, and is used to define the mapping of downlink control signaling to RE.
- REG resource element groups
- REG is composed of 4 continuous resource elements (resource elements, RE) of non-reference signal (RS) in the frequency domain.
- REG is only a unit for resource allocation and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the definition of a new resource allocation unit in future agreements to achieve the same or similar functions.
- the control resource set can be understood as a set of resources that may be used to send a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); for terminal devices, the search space of each terminal device’s PDCCH corresponds to All resources belong to the control resource set.
- the network device can determine the resource used to send the PDCCH from the control resource set, and the terminal device can determine the PDCCH search space according to the control resource set.
- control resource set may include time-frequency resources, for example, it may be a section of bandwidth in the frequency domain, or one or more subbands, etc.; it may be one or more symbols in the time domain.
- a control resource set may be continuous or discontinuous resource units in the time-frequency domain, for example, a continuous resource block (resource block, RB) or a discontinuous RB.
- an RB is an example of a resource unit, and the size of the RB may be a resource defined in the NR protocol, or a resource defined in a future protocol, or other names may be used instead.
- the control resource set in the time domain may also be one or more time slots, radio frames, subframes, mini-slots or sub-slots, or transmission time intervals (TTI). The application embodiment does not specifically limit this.
- control resource set is a mini-slot in the time domain as an example for description.
- control resource set listed above is only exemplary, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
- control resource set can be configured through the ControlResourceSet information element in the high-level parameters.
- the high-level parameters may include, for example, the identification (ID) of the control resource set, frequency domain resources, and the number of symbols included in the duration (duration). This application does not limit the specific parameters used to configure the control resource set.
- time-frequency resources may include resources in the time domain and resources in the frequency domain.
- the time-frequency resource may include one or more time domain units (or, it may also be referred to as a time unit), and in the frequency domain, the time-frequency resource may include one or more frequency domain units.
- a time domain unit may be a symbol, or a mini-slot, or a time slot (slot), or a subframe (subframe).
- the duration of a subframe in the time domain may be 1 millisecond (ms).
- One mini-slot may include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 4 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols).
- the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes are only for the convenience of understanding the solutions of the application, and should not be understood as limiting the present invention. It is understandable that the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes may be other values, which are not limited in this application.
- a frequency domain unit may be a resource block (resource block, RB), or a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or a predefined subband (subband).
- data or “information” can be understood as bits generated after information blocks are coded, or “data” or “information” can also be understood as modulation symbols generated after information blocks are coded and modulated.
- the transmitter equipment such as network equipment working in the unlicensed frequency band can start LBT at any time. Due to the occurrence of interference generated by other systems and the uncertainty of the duration, LBT may end at any time.
- the sender device grabs the channel in the middle of slot 0.
- transmission opportunities such as TXOP
- the receiving end device (such as the terminal device) will detect the DCI at these two positions of each slot outside the transmission opportunity to determine whether the TXOP exists.
- the DCI sent by the transmitting device to the receiving device will only be located in the first 1 OFDM symbol, 2 OFDM symbols, or 3 OFDM symbols of each slot, that is, when If the receiving device does not detect DCI in the first 3 OFDM symbols in a slot, the receiving device will think that the transmitting device has not sent data in this slot. In order to save energy consumption, the receiving device is in other OFDM symbols in this slot. The symbols (symbol 3-symbol 13) will not try to detect DCI again.
- the receiving end device repeats the above process in each slot.
- symbol 8-symbol 13 of slot 0 can only be vacant or send useless signals, that is, downlink control information and data can only be sent in the next complete slot (for example, slot 1) and later slots.
- mini-slot is proposed. As shown in Figure 8, the sender device will prepare a full slot (full slot) and a mini-slot with a length of 2 symbols, a mini-slot with a length of 4 symbols, and a mini-slot with a length of 7 symbols before the LBT. , And adjust the actual transmission mode according to the final LBT.
- the sending device can send 2 symbols mini-slot in symbol 1, symbol 3 sends 4 symbol mini-slot, and symbol 7 sends 7 symbol mini-slot. If the LBT succeeds before different symbols in the slot, the downlink data will be sent in different ways. Take the 2-slot mini-slot as an example. When the LBT succeeds at different times, the sending end device may appear in 4 positions in the slot, as shown in Figure 8: Symbol 1-2, Symbol 5-6, Symbol 8 -9, symbols 12-13.
- Table 1 shows the DCI resource indication table. It can be seen from Table 1 that there are 4 bits in the DCI to indicate the time domain position of the downlink resource. It is indicated by 4 bits to obtain a row configuration (row x) in the PDSCH allocation list (pdsch-Allocationlist), where x is an integer greater than or equal to 0, row x can correspond to the following information: k0, mapping type, and The startsymbolandlength configuration value.
- the terminal device can determine the k0, mapping type, and startsymbolandlength configuration value corresponding to the row x indicated by the received DCI.
- the terminal device can learn the k0, PDSCH mapping type, and startsymbolandlength configuration value. This information can then determine the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH.
- k0 can represent the slot offset value between the DCI and the scheduled PDSCH.
- k0 is fixed to 0, that is, the PDSCH is always connected with the corresponding DCI.
- the mapping type is type B.
- S is the absolute number of the PDSCH starting symbol
- L is the number of symbols that the mini-slot lasts, which is 2/4 /7 symbol.
- the mapping mode of PDSCH or PUSCH in the time domain may include a first mapping mode and a second mapping mode, where the first mapping mode may be mapping type A (mapping type A) in the NR protocol, and the second mapping The method can be the mapping type B (mapping type A) in the NR protocol.
- the mapping mode of PDSCH or PUSCH can be indicated by higher layer signaling, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
- RRC radio resource control
- CP it includes normal CP (normal CP) and extended CP (extended CP).
- a slot format contains 14 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is a normal CP; a slot format contains 12 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is an extended CP; a slot The format contains 7 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is the normal CP.
- the terminal equipment can determine the location of the PDSCH transmission resource according to S and L.
- the embodiment of the present application proposes a method to change the time domain resource analysis mode in the DCI so that the network device does not need to update the time domain indication information in the DCI when the mini-slot sending position changes, thereby saving resource overhead.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 900 for receiving data and sending data according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the method 900 may include the following steps.
- the terminal device receives indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain resource indication.
- the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the instruction information.
- the terminal device determines the time domain resource of the downlink data according to the indication information.
- the terminal device can use the start symbol of the PDCCH and/or the end symbol of the PDCCH as a reference point to determine the time domain resource of the PDSCH.
- the indication information carries the symbol offset between the PDCCH (or the start symbol of the PDCCH and/or the end symbol of the PDCCH) and the PDSCH (or the start symbol of the PDSCH and/or the end symbol of the PDSCH).
- the terminal device may determine the start symbol of the PDCCH and/or the end symbol of the PDCCH after receiving the PDCCH.
- the terminal device can determine the resources occupied by the PDSCH according to the symbol offset carried in the indication information. That is, the terminal device determines the start symbol of the PDSCH and/or the end symbol of the PDSCH, and/or the duration.
- the indication information may be carried in the DCI, for example, and the network device may indicate information related to the time domain resource for transmitting data to the terminal device through the DCI, as shown in the indication manner in Table 1 above. After receiving the DCI, the terminal device can determine the time domain resource for transmitting the data, so that the data can be received at the correct location.
- the indication information is carried on the DCI and the data is PDSCH as an example for description.
- the time domain resource indication may characterize the time domain resource for transmitting downlink data.
- the time domain resource indication includes SLIV.
- SLIV is used to indicate S and L
- S indicates the relative position between the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI
- L indicates the length of the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH
- S and L are integers greater than or equal to zero.
- S represents the relative position between the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI, and S is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- S may represent the number of symbols (or symbol offsets) between the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the start positions of the time domain resources used to transmit DCI.
- S may represent the number of symbols between the start position of the time domain resource used for transmitting the PDSCH and the end position of the time domain resource used for transmitting the DCI.
- S represents the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI as an example for illustration. It should be understood that the way S represents the number of symbols between the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH and the end position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI is also applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
- L represents the duration of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH, and L is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
- the value of L can be, for example, 2-S, 5-S, 6-S, 7-S, 12-S, 13-S, or 14-S, etc.
- the specific value of L depends on the number of continuous DCI symbols and Whether the number of symbols for other signals that may exist is half a slot or 1 slot (14 symbols), etc.
- the network device indicates the information of S and L to the terminal device through DCI.
- the network device indicates to the terminal device the starting position and length of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH through the DCI, so that the terminal device can learn the position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH, that is, when to start receiving the PDSCH And how long to receive.
- the network device indicates the information of S and L to the terminal device through DCI.
- the network device indicates the SLIV information to the terminal device through the DCI, and the SLIV is used to indicate S and L.
- the terminal equipment parses out the starting position and length of the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH according to SLIV and the meaning of S and L; in another possible implementation manner, the network equipment indicates S to the terminal equipment through DCI And L, the terminal device parses out the starting position and length of the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH according to S and L.
- the time-domain resource indication is SLIV as an example to introduce in detail the way the terminal device analyzes the location of the time-frequency resource.
- the method 900 may further include step 901.
- the network device determines the SLIV.
- the network device After the network device determines the SLIV, it can send a message carrying the SLIV to the terminal device. After receiving the SLIV, the terminal device can analyze the location of the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH. For example, the terminal device determines the location to start receiving the PDSCH and the length of the received PDSCH , And then you can correctly receive data at the corresponding location.
- the terminal device receives data based on SLIV.
- the terminal device receives the PDSCH based on the determined resource location for PDSCH transmission.
- the terminal device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates a relative position between a time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH and a time domain resource used to transmit DCI. It can also be understood that the second indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal device analyzes the location of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH.
- the terminal device may determine the manner of analyzing the location of the time domain resource according to the second indication information.
- the terminal device can obtain the configuration value of startsymbolandlength through the instruction of DCI, and SLIV can be calculated according to Formula 1:
- S is the sequence number of the PDSCH starting symbol (that is, the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH), and L is the number of symbols for transmitting the PDSCH (that is, the number of symbols lasting for the mini-slot).
- the terminal device may at least analyze the time domain resource location in any of the following ways.
- S represents the relative position between the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI, that is, S is not an absolute sequence number, but a sequence number relative to DCI.
- the terminal equipment The time domain resource location is resolved based on the relative location.
- S represents the absolute sequence number of the start symbol of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH, and the terminal device resolves the position of the time domain resource based on the absolute position.
- S is 1, that is, the terminal device starts to receive PDSCH at symbol 1
- S is 3, that is, the terminal device starts to receive PDSCH at symbol 3
- S is 5, that is, the terminal device starts to receive PDSCH at symbol 5.
- the second indication information may be a display indication or an implicit indication, which is not limited. Described separately below.
- the second indication information is a display indication.
- a field can be added on the basis of the PDCCH instruction, such as an x-bit field, and the added field is used to instruct the terminal device to parse the time domain resource location.
- the added field indicates whether S represents the relative symbol sequence number relative to DCI or the absolute sequence number of the start symbol used to transmit the PDSCH, and the terminal device can use the S
- the meaning of the representation determines the start symbol used to transmit the PDSCH.
- the length of the DCI after the added field and the DCI before the increase may be the same or different. Among them, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- a 1-bit field is used to instruct the terminal device to parse the time domain resource location.
- 0 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 1 to resolve the time domain resource location
- 1 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 2 to resolve the time domain resource location.
- 1 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 1 to resolve the time domain resource location
- 0 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 2 to resolve the time domain resource location.
- a 1-bit field can be used to indicate whether the meaning of S is a relative position or an absolute position. It should be understood that the specific instructions are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the second indication information is an implicit indication.
- method 1 may be adopted for mini-slots in one or more slots at the beginning of COT
- method 2 may be adopted for mini-slots or full slots (full slots) in other positions of COT.
- the terminal device can detect the location of the DCI, and determine whether the mini-slot is located in one or more slots at the beginning of the COT based on the location of the DCI. If so, the terminal device uses Method 1 to resolve the time domain resource location; If no, the terminal device uses method 2 to resolve the time domain resource location.
- Case 1 Multicast common physical downlink control channel (group common physical downlink control channel, GC PDCCH) occupied time domain resources and/or terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel PDCCH (UE-specific PDCCH) occupied time domain resources Including complete symbols.
- group common physical downlink control channel group common physical downlink control channel, GC PDCCH
- UE-specific PDCCH terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel
- CORESET occupies a complete symbol.
- CORESET can be used to carry scheduling information.
- CORESET occupies one complete symbol, which means that PDCCH occupies one complete symbol.
- S is greater than one or equal to one.
- the starting sequence number S of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH may be (T+ ⁇ ).
- the time domain resource used to transmit DCI is 1 symbol, that is, T is 1, and S is (1+ ⁇ ).
- ⁇ is 0, and S is 1, that is to say, the mini-slot starts from the second symbol, or it can also be understood that the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the second Symbol start.
- the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the second symbol.
- S can be equivalent to the duration of the PDCCH
- L is the number of symbols to transmit PDSCH
- the duration of the mini-slot is equivalent to the duration of the PDCCH plus the duration of the PDSCH, so the duration of the mini-slot is (S+L).
- the value of L is 1; for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 1 symbol, the value of L is 3 ; For a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 1 symbol, the value of L is 6.
- the time domain resource used to transmit DCI is 2 symbols, that is, T is 2, and S is (2+ ⁇ ).
- ⁇ is 0, at this time S is 2, that is to say, the mini-slot starts from the third symbol, or it can also be understood that the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the third symbol Symbol start.
- the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the third symbol.
- the duration of mini-slot is (S+L).
- the value of L is 0; for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 2 symbols, the value of L is 2 ; For a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 2 symbols, the value of L is 5.
- the time domain resources used to transmit DCI are 3 symbols, that is, T is 3 and S is (3+ ⁇ ).
- ⁇ is 0, and S is 3 at this time. That is to say, the mini-slot starts from the fourth symbol, or it can also be understood that the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the fourth symbol. Symbol start. As shown in (3) in FIG. 10, the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH start from the fourth symbol.
- the duration of mini-slot is (S+L).
- the value of L is 0; for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 3 symbols, the value of L is 1 ; For a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 3 symbols, the value of L is 4.
- ⁇ may be greater than 0, that is, the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain used to transmit DCI
- the resources may not be adjacent.
- the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI may reserve a part of resources for use by other signals, and so on.
- the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH may be: one or more 20 MHz frequency domain bandwidths.
- the frequency domain indication information in the DCI can be: indicating one or more 20MHz frequency domain bandwidths, so the frequency domain indication information in the DCI can be simplified, or the frequency domain indication information may not need to be used.
- the frequency domain indication information in the indication frequency domain can be used for other LBT-related indications.
- the PDSCH corresponding to the DCI is also in a different position accordingly. Because S represents the relative positional relationship between DCI and PDSCH, the value of S will not change, so there is no need to update the mini-slot when it appears in different positions (that is, when the starting position for transmitting PDSCH is different) DCI, in turn, can save resources and signaling overhead, and reduce transmission delay.
- Case 2 The time domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and/or the UE-specific time domain resources occupied by the PDCCH do not occupy complete symbols.
- the PDCCH and PDSCH are transmitted on the same symbol, that is, the time domain resources used to transmit the PDCCH and the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH partially or completely overlap.
- CORESET and PDSCH are transmitted in the same symbol.
- L is equal to the number of continuous symbols of the mini-slot.
- the value of L is 2, that is, S+L is equal to the number of continuous symbols of the mini-slot 2.
- the value of L is 4, that is, S+L is equal to the number of continuous symbols 4 of the mini-slot.
- the value of L is 7, that is, S+L is equal to the number of continuous symbols of the mini-slot 7.
- the terminal device may obtain the first indication information to determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH.
- the terminal device needs to obtain the position of the frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, so as to obtain the time-frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH.
- the first indication information may be carried in the DCI, that is, the network device may indicate the frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH to the terminal device through the DCI.
- a field can be added on the basis of the PDCCH command, such as a y-bit field, where y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal device is indicated by the added field.
- the frequency domain resource used to transmit PDSCH is The frequency domain resources used to transmit PDCCH do not overlap.
- the first indication information may be a display indication or an implicit indication, which is not limited. The following is a description of several scenarios.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDCCH do not overlap.
- the following is an exemplary description with reference to 4 scenarios.
- Scenario 1 UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted in GC-PDCCH CORESET.
- the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used for PDSCH transmission and the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH do not overlap.
- the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication. That is to say, when UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted in GC-PDCCH CORESET, it can be specified that the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET will not be used for PDSCH transmission.
- acquiring the first indication information by the terminal device can be understood to mean that the terminal device determines that the PDSCH is transmitted at a frequency domain location that does not overlap the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol according to a preset rule.
- the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication.
- the terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the PDSCH is transmitted at a frequency domain position that does not overlap the transmission resource of the GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol.
- Scenario 2 UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted outside GC-PDCCH CORESET.
- the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used for PDSCH transmission, the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the frequency domain resources occupied by the UE-specific PDCCH do not overlap.
- the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication.
- the terminal device acquiring the first indication information can be understood as the terminal device determining according to preset rules that the PDSCH does not overlap with the transmission resources of GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol, and does not overlap with the UE-specific PDCCH at the same time.
- the transmission resources overlap the frequency domain position.
- the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication.
- the terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines according to the first indication information that the PDSCH does not overlap with the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol, and at the same time does not overlap with the transmission resource of UE-specific PDCCH, and transmits .
- Scenario 3 The transmission resource of GC-PDCCH is fixed.
- the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH.
- the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication.
- a preset rule such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement
- acquiring the first indication information by the terminal device can be understood as that the terminal device determines that the transmission resource of the PDSCH is a resource other than the frequency domain resource occupied by the GC-PDCCH according to a preset rule.
- the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication.
- the terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the transmission resource of the PDSCH is a resource other than the frequency domain resource occupied by the GC-PDCCH.
- the transmission resource of the GC-PDCCH may be instructed by the network device to the terminal device, or may be agreed upon between the terminal device and the network device, which is not limited.
- the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used for PDSCH transmission and the frequency domain resources occupied by the UE-specific PDCCH do not overlap.
- the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication.
- acquiring the first indication information by the terminal device may be understood to mean that the terminal device determines according to a preset rule that the PDSCH is transmitted at a frequency domain location that does not overlap the transmission resource of the UE-specific PDCCH in the same symbol.
- the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication.
- the terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the PDSCH is sent at a frequency domain position that does not overlap the transmission resource of the UE-specific PDCCH in the same symbol.
- the UE-specific PDCCH may also include first indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- the network device may indicate the relative position between the frequency domain resource of the PDSCH of the terminal device and the frequency domain resource of the UE-specific PDCCH, and based on the relative position, the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resource of the PDSCH.
- the terminal device may determine the position of the time-frequency resource used to transmit the PDSCH according to one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block (SS block, SSB), and the channel state information reference Signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS) time-frequency resources, time-frequency resources used to transmit paging (paging), or demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) used to demodulate PDSCH Time-frequency resources.
- SS block synchronization signal block
- CSI-RS channel state information reference Signal
- paging paging
- DMRS demodulation reference signal
- RMSI remaining minimum system information
- RMSI CORESET corresponding to a sub-carrier spacing of 15KHz generally occupies 48 RB in the frequency domain and 1 symbol in the time domain
- RMSI CORESET corresponding to a sub-carrier spacing of 30KHz generally occupies 96 RB in the frequency domain, and in the time domain Generally occupy 2 symbols.
- 15KHz or 30KHz subcarriers can correspond to 51 available subcarriers or 106 available subcarriers.
- SSB can also be called synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block).
- SSB In the time domain, one SSB can be composed of 4 OFDM symbols. In the frequency domain, one SSB can be composed of, for example, 240 continuous subcarriers, that is, 20 continuous RBs.
- the SSB can be understood as a block of resources used to transmit SS and/or PBCH.
- the network device can send the PBCH and synchronization signal on the resource, or only send the PBCH or only the synchronization signal in the resource.
- the synchronization signal may include a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (secondary synchronization signal, SSS).
- PSS primary synchronization signal
- SSS secondary synchronization signal
- the symbols that SSB may occupy are ⁇ 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇ , ⁇ 8, 9, 10, 11 ⁇ , and ⁇ 9, 10, 11, 12 ⁇ , as shown in Figure 12 and Shown in Figure 13.
- FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 are only the meaning of the symbols used to facilitate understanding of the SSB, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. It should be understood that the free padding part in FIG. 13 can be used to transmit uplink data and/or downlink data, which is not limited.
- SSB and RMSI PDSCH may coexist in the same symbol, as shown in (1) in Figure 12, the symbol ⁇ 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇ ; or, SSB, RMSI PDSCH, and CSI-RS may coexist
- SSB and RMSI PDSCH may coexist in the same symbol, as shown in Figure 13 with symbols ⁇ 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇ ; or, SSB, RMSI PDSCH, and CSI-RS may coexist in the same symbol ,
- the transmission resources of SSB, RMSI PDSCH, and CSI-RS may overlap.
- the terminal device needs to consider transmission resources such as SSB and CSI-RS when determining the transmission resource of the RMSI PDSCH, that is, it needs to perform rate matching.
- the transmission resources include time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources. The following is an exemplary description from the perspective of time domain resources and frequency domain resources.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH are resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS do not overlap.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH are frequency domain resources other than those used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS.
- the frequency domain resources used for transmitting PDSCH are frequency domain resources on the section of frequency domain resources except for frequency domain resources used for transmitting PSS, PBCH, and SSS.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit the SSB.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS do not overlap.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH are frequency domain resources other than those used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are frequency domain resources on the segment of frequency domain resources except for the frequency domain resources used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit the SSB are fixed, so the network device may not indicate to the terminal device.
- the discovery reference signal (discovery reference signal, DRS) block composed of one SSB and the corresponding RMSI can have a duration of 7 symbols.
- DRS discovery reference signal
- RMSI PDSCH can occupy 5 symbols or 6 symbols.
- the RMSI CORESET is carried on 1 symbol or 2 symbols
- the RMSI PDSCH can be carried on 5 symbols or 6 symbols.
- the unauthorized communication system can support a mini-slot with a length of 5 symbols and/or a mini-slot with 6 symbols.
- RMSI PDSCH is not transmitted in symbols that appear on RMSI PDCCH (for example, it can be recorded as CORESET 0).
- the time domain resource indication mode of the RMSI PDSCH at this time can refer to Case 1 described above, for example, the starting sequence number S of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH is greater than 0.
- RMSI PDSCH may coexist with channels or signals such as SSB, CSI-RS, and paging on some symbols, as shown in Figure 12.
- the terminal device needs to consider the transmission resources such as SSB and CSI-RS.
- the time-frequency resources used to transmit the SSB are fixed, so no indication is required.
- the network equipment can instruct the terminal equipment to use the resources for transmitting CSI-RS and paging through separate signaling, or through SSB (or PBCH in SSB) or RMSI CORESET Whether it exists, and the specific time domain location.
- the value of L can be, for example, 7-S, 14-S, 5-S, 6-S, 12-S, or 13-S, etc.
- the specific value of L depends on the number of continuous symbols of the RMSI Is it half a slot or 1 slot (14 symbols) and possible channel configurations such as CSI-RS and paging.
- the time-frequency resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH may be determined according to the time-frequency resource used to transmit the CSI-RS.
- the time domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS do not overlap. Similar to the situation in Figure 10, when the RMSI CORESET lasts for 1 symbol and the second symbol is used for CSI-RS transmission, the RMSI PDSCH can be carried on the third symbol, or the fourth symbol, or the fifth symbol. Symbol, or one or more symbols on the sixth symbol.
- the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS overlap. Then the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS do not overlap. After the terminal device obtains the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS, it can use the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS. Resource analysis other than domain resources is used to transmit RMSI PDSCH frequency domain resources.
- the time domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH may be determined according to the time domain resource used to transmit paging.
- the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit paging do not overlap.
- the RMSI CORESET lasts for 1 symbol and the second symbol is used for paging transmission
- the RMSI PDSCH can be carried on the third symbol, or the fourth symbol, or the fifth symbol, or the sixth symbol. Of one or more symbols.
- the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit paging overlap. Then the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging do not overlap.
- the terminal device After the terminal device obtains the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging, it can use resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging. Analyze the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH.
- the time domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH may be determined according to the time domain resource used to transmit the SSB.
- the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit the SSB do not overlap.
- Case B The symbol transmission of RMSI PDSCH in RMSI PDCCH (CORESET 0).
- the time domain resource indication mode of the RMSI PDSCH can refer to the case 2 described above, that is, the starting sequence number S of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH is 0. For details, refer to the description of Case 2.
- RMSI PDSCH may also coexist with channels or signals such as SSB, CSI-RS, and paging on certain symbols.
- SSB time-frequency resources are fixed and do not need to be indicated.
- CSI-RS and paging resources exist and the specific time domain
- the location can be indicated to the terminal device. For example, by indicating in the SSB or RMSI CORESET, the terminal device obtains the time-frequency resource location actually occupied by the RMSI PDSCH according to the above information.
- the value of L may be: 7-S, 14-S, 5-S, 6-S, 12-S, or 13-S.
- the specific value of L depends on the number of continuous symbols of RMSI PDCCH: Half a slot is still 1 slot (14 symbols) and possible channel configurations such as CSI-RS and paging.
- the terminal device may obtain the third indication information to determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH.
- the terminal device also needs to know the frequency domain resources of the RMSI PDSCH in the first symbol and/or the second symbol (ie, the RMSI PDSCH and the RMSI CORESET coexistence symbol).
- the terminal device obtains the third indication information, and determines the location of the frequency domain resource used for transmitting the RMSI PDSCH according to the third indication information.
- the third indication information, or the frequency domain resource information may be pre-defined, for example, it may be directly given by a standard; or, it may be indicated in the DCI or PBCH.
- the terminal device may determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI and PDSCH according to the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI and CORESET.
- the third indication information may indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH do not overlap with the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET. Then, after the terminal device learns the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, it may 3.
- the indication information determines that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET do not overlap, that is, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH are among the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET External resources.
- the terminal device may determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit RMSI and PDSCH according to the frequency domain resource used to transmit RMSI and CORESET and the frequency domain resource used to transmit SSB.
- the third indication information may indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH do not overlap with the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET. Then, the terminal device knows that it is used to transmit SSB After the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH, the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB, and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET can be determined according to the third indication information. None of the domain resources overlap, that is, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI and PDSCH are the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET and resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB.
- the terminal device may determine the frequency domain resource used for transmitting RMSI and PDSCH according to the frequency domain resource used for transmitting RMSI and CORESET and the frequency domain resource used for transmitting CSI-RS and/or paging.
- the third indication information may indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH do not overlap with the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS and/or paging, and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET. Then, the terminal After the device learns the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS and/or paging and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, it can determine the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI according to the third indication information.
- frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH are frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, and Resources other than frequency domain resources for transmitting CSI-RS and/or paging.
- the network device may indicate the relative position between the frequency domain resource of the RMSI PDSCH of the terminal device and the frequency domain resource of the RMSI CORESET, and based on the relative position, the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resource of the RMSI PDSCH.
- the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH according to the time-frequency resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH.
- the mapping mode of the demodulation reference signal (PDSCH DMRS) used for the physical shared channel includes, for example, mapping type A (mapping type A) and mapping type B (mapping type B).
- Figure 13 shows the PDSCH DMRS of mapping type B.
- there are many possible scenarios for the location of PDSCH DMRS (1) in Fig. 13 exemplarily shows several possible positions when PDSCH DMRS occupies a single-symbol, and (2) in Fig. 13 exemplarily shows PDSCH DMRS occupies a double symbol ( Several possible positions for double-symbol).
- the PDSCH will perform rate matching according to the configured CORESET.
- the CORESET subset (if any) will be punctured for PDSCH allocation.
- the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH is not sent on this symbol. The time position of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH will be shifted back (or switched to other symbols).
- the DMRS used to demodulate PDSCH can be sent on the second symbol of mini-slot; when 1-symbol or 2-symbol CORESET is configured for 4 When the symbol is mini-slot, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH can be sent on the second or third symbol of the mini-slot.
- the first symbol can all be used to carry RMSI CORESET.
- RMSI CORESET lasts for 1 or 2 symbols
- PDSCH DMRS can be carried on the second symbol.
- the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH DMRS and the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB do not overlap, that is, PDSCH DMRS is carried on the above symbols and SSB frequency domain does not overlap subcarriers.
- the terminal equipment When the terminal equipment performs downlink channel estimation, it can use PBCH DMRS and PDSCH DMRS to jointly perform channel estimation.
- the PDSCH DMRS is carried on the second symbol, the seventh symbol, or other symbols, and the symbol is also used for the transmission of the RMSI PDSCH or paging (the frequency domain resources of the two transmissions do not overlap), when analyzing the RMSI PDSCH Or rate matching is required during paging.
- the frequency domain subcarriers corresponding to PDSCH DMRS can be removed or ignored, that is, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH or the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging are used for transmission PDSCH DMRS resources other than frequency domain resources.
- RMSI PDSCH supports continuous RB mapping in the frequency domain, and does not support rate matching operations on SSB.
- RMSI PDSCH needs to be considered for rate matching with SSB, because the joint transmission of the two can compress the time domain duration of the overall transmission signal.
- a higher priority LBT such as CAT2, 2 symbol mini-slot
- the transmission time of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH may be offset because it cannot occupy the same symbol as the SSB that is transmitted together.
- the RMSI PDSCH DMRS can be in symbol 1 or symbol 6 (corresponding to the first SSB in the slot) or symbol 8 or symbol 13 (corresponding to the 12th SSB in the slot) ), the specific transmission time domain position depends on whether the configured CORESET is 1 symbol or 2 symbols.
- RMSI PDSCH DMRS may appear in symbol 6 or symbol 13.
- the terminal device may use the PBCH DMRS and RMSI PDSCH DMRS sent on symbol 2 or symbol 9 to perform channel measurement together (such as channel estimation for the entire 20MHz bandwidth) for RMSI PDSCH demodulation .
- the RMSI PDSCH can be transmitted on symbol 1, symbol 6, symbol 8, and symbol 13.
- the value of L can be any of 2, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
- the RMSI PDSCH when the RMSI PDSCH appears in different positions in the slot, there is no need to update the DCI time domain indication information, and it shows how the terminal device performs the PDSCH frequency domain on the symbols where the RMSI PDSCH and RMSI CORESET coexist according to different situations.
- the network device indicates the SLIV to the terminal device through DCI, and the SLIV includes information about the relative position between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI, Therefore, no matter where the network device succeeds in LBT, or in other words, when the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit data appears in a different time domain position, the time domain resource indication information in the DCI does not need to be updated, because SLIV It indicates the relative position between the time domain resources used to transmit data and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI, so as to avoid waste of resources, reduce requirements on network equipment, and ensure that terminal equipment correctly obtains transmission data In order to receive data correctly, the data transmission performance can be guaranteed.
- the methods and operations implemented by terminal devices can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in terminal devices
- the methods and operations implemented by network devices can also be implemented by It can be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of network devices.
- each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
- the embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
- each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of using the corresponding functional modules to divide each functional module.
- each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to realize the described functions, but this realization should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
- the embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
- each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1500 may include a communication unit 1510 and a processing unit 1520.
- the communication unit 1510 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 1520 is used for data processing.
- the communication unit 1510 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
- the communication device 1500 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. At this time, the communication device 1500 may be referred to as a terminal device.
- the communication unit 1510 is used to perform the transceiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1520 is used to perform the processing related operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
- the communication unit 1510 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource used to transmit data and a DCI used to transmit the DCI. Information about the relative position between time domain resources; the processing unit 1520 is configured to determine a time domain resource indication; the communication unit 1510 is further configured to: receive data based on the time domain resource indication.
- the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L
- S represents the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI
- L indicates the number of symbols used for transmission.
- the length of the time domain resource of the data, S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
- the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the number of symbols occupied by time domain resources used to transmit DCI, and T is greater than 1 or equal to 1. Integer.
- the communication unit 1510 is further configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used to transmit data.
- the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH; or, frequency domain resources used for data transmission and the communication device
- the frequency domain resources occupied by the 1500 dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the communication device 1500 dedicated PDCCH; or ,
- the frequency domain resources used for data transmission are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH
- the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain used for data transmission
- the resources do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH of the communication device 1500, and the dedicated PDCCH of the communication device 1500 includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- the communication unit 1510 is further configured to: receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates the difference between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI. The number of symbols.
- the processing unit 1520 is further configured to: determine the position of the time-frequency resource used to transmit data according to one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block, and the channel state information reference signal CSI -RS time-frequency resources, time-frequency resources used to transmit paging, or time-frequency resources of demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate data.
- the communication device 1500 may implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the method 900 according to the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1500 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method 900 in FIG. 9 .
- each unit in the communication device 1500 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 in FIG. 9.
- the communication unit 1510 may be used to execute steps 910 and 920 in the method 900, and the processing unit 1520 may be used to execute the terminal device determination time-frequency resource in the method 900 Location and other steps.
- the communication unit 1510 in the communication device 1500 may be implemented by the transceiver 1710 in the terminal device 1700 shown in FIG. 17, and the processing unit 1520 in the communication device 1500 may be implemented by the terminal device shown in FIG.
- the processor 1720 in 1700 is implemented.
- the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
- the communication unit 1510 in the communication device 1500 may also be an input/output interface.
- the communication device 1500 can implement the steps or processes performed by the network device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a network device, or a chip or circuit configured in the network device. At this time, the communication device 1500 may be referred to as a network device.
- the communication unit 1510 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment
- the processing unit 1520 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the network device in the above method embodiment.
- the processing unit 1520 is configured to: determine the time domain resource indication; the communication unit 1510 is configured to: send DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes information about the time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes information for transmitting data. Information on the relative position between the time domain resource and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI.
- the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L
- S represents the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI
- L indicates the number of symbols used for transmission.
- the length of the time domain resource of the data, S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
- the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the number of symbols occupied by time domain resources used to transmit DCI, and T is greater than 1 or equal to 1. Integer.
- the communication unit 1510 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used for data transmission.
- the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH; or, frequency domain resources used for data transmission and terminal equipment
- the frequency domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH; or, use
- the frequency domain resources used for data transmission are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH
- the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used for data transmission are related to The frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not overlap, and the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- the communication unit 1510 is further configured to: send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI The number of symbols between.
- the communication device 1500 may implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the method 900 according to the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1500 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the network device in the method 900 in FIG. 9 .
- each unit in the communication device 1500 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 in FIG. 9.
- the communication unit 1510 can be used to execute steps 910 and 920 in the method 900, and the processing unit 1520 can be used to execute step 901 in the method 900.
- the communication unit in the communication device 1500 can be implemented by the transceiver 1810 in the network device 1800 shown in FIG. 17, and the processing unit 1520 in the communication device 1500 can be implemented by the network device shown in FIG. The processor 1820 in 1800 is implemented.
- the communication unit 1510 in the communication device 1500 may also be an input/output interface.
- the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
- FIG. 16 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1600 includes a transceiver 1610, a processor 1620, and a memory 1630.
- the memory 1630 stores programs.
- the processor 1620 is used to execute the programs stored in the memory 1630 and execute the programs stored in the memory 1630. , So that the processor 1620 is used to execute the relevant processing steps in the above method embodiment, and executes the program stored in the memory 1630, so that the processor 1620 controls the transceiver 1610 to execute the transceiver related steps in the above method embodiment.
- the communication device 1600 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
- the execution of the program stored in the memory 1630 enables the processor 1620 to execute the above method embodiment.
- the processing steps on the terminal device side in the middle execute the program stored in the memory 1630, so that the processor 1620 controls the transceiver 1610 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
- the communication device 1600 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
- the execution of the program stored in the memory 1630 enables the processor 1620 to perform the above method implementation.
- the processing steps on the network device side execute the programs stored in the memory 1630 so that the processor 1620 controls the transceiver 1610 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the network device side in the above method embodiment.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1700, and the communication device 1700 may be a terminal device or a chip.
- the communication device 1700 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- FIG. 17 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
- the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
- the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
- the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
- the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
- the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
- the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
- the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
- the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
- the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
- FIG. 17 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 17. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
- the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
- the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
- the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720.
- the transceiver unit 1710 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
- the processing unit 1720 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
- the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1710 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1710 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1710 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
- the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
- the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
- the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
- the processing unit 1720 is configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
- the transceiving unit 1710 is used to perform steps 910 and 920 shown in FIG. 9, and/or the transceiving unit 1710 is also used to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal device side.
- FIG. 17 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 17.
- the chip When the communication device 1700 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
- the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface
- the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1800, which may be a network device or a chip.
- the communication device 1800 can be used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- FIG. 18 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure.
- the base station includes 1810 part and 1820 part.
- the 1810 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1820 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling the base station.
- the 1810 part can usually be called a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, or transceiver.
- the 1820 part is usually the control center of the base station, and can usually be referred to as a processing unit, which is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the transceiver unit of part 1810 may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc. It includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
- the device used for implementing the receiving function in part 1810 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device used for implementing the sending function can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the part 1810 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit.
- the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
- the 1820 part may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
- the processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, the boards can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processing at the same time. Device.
- the transceiving unit of part 1810 is used to perform the sending operation on the network device side in step 910 and step 920 shown in FIG. 9, and/or the transceiving unit of part 1810 is also used to perform the present application Other transceiving steps on the network device side in the embodiment.
- the processing unit in part 1820 is used to perform the processing operation of step 901 in FIG. 9, and/or the processing unit in part 1820 is also used to perform the processing steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 18.
- the chip When the communication device 1800 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
- the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
- the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
- the network equipment is not limited to the above forms, and may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or BBU and active antenna unit (AAU); or Customer premises equipment (CPE) may also be in other forms, which is not limited by this application.
- ARU adaptive radio unit
- AAU BBU and active antenna unit
- CPE Customer premises equipment
- the above-mentioned BBU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the network device, and the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device.
- the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface.
- the processor may be used to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the processing device may be a chip.
- the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- SoC system on chip
- CPU central processor unit
- NP network processor
- DSP digital signal processing circuit
- microcontroller unit microcontroller unit
- MCU programmable logic device
- PLD programmable logic device
- the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
- the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
- the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
- the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
- DSP digital signal processor
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
- the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
- the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
- the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
- the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
- the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
- RAM random access memory
- static random access memory static random access memory
- dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
- enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
- serial link DRAM SLDRAM
- direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
- the present application also provides a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes: computer program code, which when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 9 to 15 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
- the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores a program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 9 to 15 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
- the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
- the network equipment in the above device embodiments corresponds to the network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps.
- the communication unit transmits the receiving or sending in the method embodiments.
- other steps can be executed by the processing unit (processor).
- the processing unit processor
- component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
- the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
- the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
- One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
- these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
- the component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
- a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
- the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
- the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
- each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided in the present application are a method for receiving data and sending data and a communication apparatus, in order to prevent the waste of resources and reduce signaling overhead. The described method may comprise: a terminal device receiving downlink control information (DCI), the DCI being used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication comprising information on a relative position between a time domain resource used for transmitting data and a time domain resource used for transmitting DCI; and the terminal device determining a starting position of the time domain resource used for transmitting data, and receiving data on the basis of the starting position.
Description
本申请要求于2019年04月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910364413.0、申请名称为“接收数据和发送数据的方法、通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on April 30, 2019, the application number is 201910364413.0, and the application name is "Methods for Receiving and Sending Data, Communication Devices", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种接收数据和发送数据的方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for receiving and sending data.
无线通信技术的飞速发展,导致频谱资源日益紧缺,促进了对于非授权频段的探索。第三代合作计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)分别在版本13(release-13,R-13)和版本14(release-14,R-14)中引入了授权辅助接入(license assisted access,LAA)和增强的授权辅助接入(enhanced LAA,eLAA)技术,即在非授权频谱上非独立(non-standalone)的部署LTE/LTE-A系统,通过授权频谱的辅助来最大化利用非授权频谱资源。The rapid development of wireless communication technology has led to an increasing shortage of spectrum resources, which has promoted the exploration of unlicensed frequency bands. The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) introduced license assisted access (license assisted access) in version 13 (release-13, R-13) and version 14 (release-14, R-14), respectively. LAA) and enhanced LAA (eLAA) technology, that is, non-standalone deployment of LTE/LTE-A systems on unlicensed spectrum, with the assistance of licensed spectrum to maximize the use of unlicensed Spectrum resources.
在非授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)上部署的通信系统通常采用竞争的方式来使用或共享无线资源。一般地,发送端设备在发送信号之前首先会监听非授权信道(或非授权频谱)是否空闲。例如,发送端设备通过先听后发(listen before talk,LBT)机制来确认信道是否空闲。Communication systems deployed on unlicensed spectrum usually use or share wireless resources in a competitive manner. Generally, the sending end device first monitors whether the unlicensed channel (or unlicensed spectrum) is free before sending a signal. For example, the sender device confirms whether the channel is free through a listen before talk (LBT) mechanism.
以网络设备为例,如果网络设备发起的LBT成功,则网络设备获得信道使用权。网络设备在信道占用时长(channel occupancy time,COT)内占用该信道,例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送数据,并且网络设备可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)向终端设备指示该数据的时域资源的绝对位置的信息。Taking the network device as an example, if the LBT initiated by the network device is successful, the network device obtains the channel use right. The network device occupies the channel during the channel occupancy time (COT). For example, the network device can send data to the terminal device, and the network device can indicate the data to the terminal device through downlink control information (DCI) The absolute position information of the time domain resource.
然而,考虑到LBT的结果是实时的,即网络设备发起的LBT可能在不同位置成功,那么基于上述指示方式,网络设备需要实时更新DCI的指示信息以指示终端设备数据的时域资源,这种方式十分浪费资源。However, considering that the result of LBT is real-time, that is, the LBT initiated by the network device may succeed in different locations, based on the above-mentioned indication method, the network device needs to update the DCI indication information in real time to indicate the time domain resource of the terminal device data. The method is very wasteful of resources.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种接收数据和发送数据的方法和通信装置,以期可以避免资源浪费,节省信令开销,降低传输时延。The present application provides a method and communication device for receiving and sending data, in order to avoid resource waste, save signaling overhead, and reduce transmission delay.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the first aspect, a communication method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
该方法可以包括:终端设备接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于指示时域资源指示,所述时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源之间的 相对位置的信息;基于所述时域资源指示,所述终端设备接收所述数据。The method may include: a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource for transmitting data and a time domain resource for transmitting the DCI Information about the relative position between the two; based on the time domain resource indication, the terminal device receives the data.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备接收到下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),该DCI可以用于指示起始和长度指示(start and Length Indicator,SLIV)(或者,也可以称为时域资源指示)。该SLIV包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息,因此,不管网络设备在什么位置LBT成功,或者说,用于传输数据的时域资源的起始位置出现在不同时域位置时,DCI中的时域资源指示信息均不需要进行更新,因为SLIV指示的是用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置,从而可以避免资源的浪费,降低对网络设备的要求,而且也可以保证终端设备正确获取传输数据的资源位置,进而正确接收数据,降低传输时延,保证数据传输性能。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device receives the downlink control information (DCI), which can be used to indicate the start and length indicator (start and length indicator, SLIV) (or, it can also be called the time domain resource indicator). ). The SLIV includes information about the relative position between the time domain resources used to transmit data and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI. Therefore, no matter where the network device is located, LBT succeeds, or in other words, the time domain resources used to transmit data When the starting position of is in different time domain positions, the time domain resource indication information in DCI does not need to be updated, because SLIV indicates the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI Therefore, it is possible to avoid waste of resources and reduce requirements on network equipment, and it can also ensure that the terminal device correctly obtains the resource location of the transmitted data, and then correctly receives the data, reduces the transmission delay, and ensures the data transmission performance.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述时域资源指示用于指示S和L,所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,所述L表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L, and the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain resource used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the start positions of the time domain resources, the L represents the length of the time domain resources used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备基于接收到的DCI的时域资源的起始位置,可以确定用于传输数据的时域资源的起始位置,从而可以获知在何时开始接收数据。此外,S的值不会随着用于传输数据的时域资源的起始位置的变化而不断的变化,从而可以节省网络设备不断通知终端设备用于传输数据的时域资源的绝对位置带来的信令开销,避免浪费资源。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the start position of the time domain resource for transmitting data based on the start position of the time domain resource of the received DCI, so as to know when to start receiving data. In addition, the value of S will not change continuously with the change of the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit data, which can save the network equipment from continuously notifying the terminal device of the absolute position of the time domain resource used to transmit data. Signaling overhead to avoid wasting resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;其中,T表示用于传输所述DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the value of S can be any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the time used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols occupied by the domain resource, T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,组播公共物理下行控制信道GC-PDCCH所占的时域资源和/或所述终端设备专用物理下行控制信道PDCCH所占的时域资源不包括完整的符号的情况下,所述S的取值为0。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the time domain resources occupied by the multicast common physical downlink control channel GC-PDCCH and/or the time domain occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel PDCCH When the resource does not include a complete symbol, the value of S is 0.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示用于传输所述数据的频域资源的信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device acquiring first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain used to transmit the data Resource information.
基于上述技术方案,当GC-PDCCH所占的时域资源和/或终端设备专用PDCCH所占的时域资源不包括完整的符号的情况下,即GC-PDCCH所占的时域资源和/或终端设备专用PDCCH所占的时域资源,与用于传输数据的时域资源包括相同的符号的情况下,终端设备可以基于获取到的指示信息确定频域资源。Based on the above technical solution, when the time domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and/or the time domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not include complete symbols, that is, the time domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and/or In the case that the time domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH of the terminal equipment and the time domain resources used for data transmission include the same symbols, the terminal equipment may determine the frequency domain resources based on the obtained indication information.
可选地,该指示信息可以是隐式指示也可以是显示指示;或者,该指示信息可以是网络设备指示给终端设备的,也可以是协议预先规定。Optionally, the indication information may be an implicit indication or a display indication; or, the indication information may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device, or may be pre-defined by the protocol.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及所述第一指示信息包括所述GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠, 以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH Do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH The frequency domain resources and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and The first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and The terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
可选地,数据与GC-PDCCH和/或PDCCH共存与同一个符号的不同频域资源上。Optionally, data coexists with GC-PDCCH and/or PDCCH on different frequency domain resources of the same symbol.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以根据不同的情况,如上述列举的多种情况,在数据与GC-PDCCH和/或PDCCH共存的符号上进行数据频域资源解析的方法,即进行速率匹配(rate-matching),从而可以确定出用于传输数据的频域资源。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can perform data frequency domain resource analysis on symbols where data coexists with GC-PDCCH and/or PDCCH according to different situations, such as the multiple situations listed above, that is, rate matching (rate matching). -matching), so that the frequency domain resources used for data transmission can be determined.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the S is used to transmit the The number of symbols between the time domain resource of the data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI.
可选地,该指示信息可以是隐式指示也可以是显示指示。Optionally, the indication information may be an implicit indication or a display indication.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示确定S表示用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,进而可以进一步确定何时开始接收数据。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI according to the instructions of the network device, and further determine when Start receiving data.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备根据以下一项或多项确定用于传输所述数据的时频资源的位置:用于传输同步信号块的时频资源、用于传输信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的时频资源、用于传输寻呼paging的时频资源、或用于解调所述数据的解调参考信号DMRS的时频资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device determines the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the data according to one or more of the following: The time-frequency resource of the synchronization signal block, the time-frequency resource used to transmit the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, the time-frequency resource used to transmit paging, or the demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate the data Time-frequency resources.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在确定用于传输数据的时频资源的位置的时候,可以考虑以下一项或多项:用于传输同步信号块的时频资源、用于传输信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的时频资源、用于传输寻呼paging的时频资源、或用于解调数据的解调参考信号DMRS的时频资源,从而避免了用于传输数据的时频资源与其他信号的时频资源重叠,影响数据传输性能。Based on the above technical solution, when determining the location of the time-frequency resource used for data transmission, the terminal device may consider one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block, and the channel state information reference signal used to transmit The time-frequency resources of CSI-RS, the time-frequency resources used to transmit paging, or the time-frequency resources of demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate data, thereby avoiding the time-frequency resources and other signals used to transmit data The overlap of time and frequency resources affects data transmission performance.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法。该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
该方法可以包括:网络设备确定时域资源指示;所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述DCI,所述DCI包括所述时域资源指示的信息,所述时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息。The method may include: a network device determines a time domain resource indication; the network device sends the DCI to a terminal device, the DCI includes information of the time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes information for transmitting data Information about the relative position between the time domain resource and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备向终端设备指示时域资源指示时,可以指示用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息,因此,不管网络设备在什么位置LBT成功,或者说,用于传输数据的时域资源的起始位置出现在不同时域位置时,DCI中的时域资源指示信息均不需要进行更新,从而可以避免资源的浪费,降低对网络设备的要求,而且也可以保证终端设备正确获取传输数据的资源位置,进而正确接收数据,保证数据传输性能。Based on the above technical solution, when the network device indicates the time domain resource indication to the terminal device, it can indicate the relative position information between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI. Therefore, no matter where the network device is Where LBT is successful, or when the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit data appears in a different time domain location, the time domain resource indication information in the DCI does not need to be updated, which can avoid waste of resources and reduce The requirements for network equipment can also ensure that the terminal equipment correctly obtains the resource location of the transmitted data, and then correctly receives the data to ensure the data transmission performance.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述时域资源指示用于指示S和L,所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,所述L表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L, and the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain resource used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the start positions of the time domain resources, the L represents the length of the time domain resources used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;其中,T表示用于传输所述DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the time for transmitting the DCI The number of symbols occupied by the domain resource, T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,组播公共物理下行控制信道GC-PDCCH所占的时域资源和/或所述终端设备专用物理下行控制信道PDCCH所占的时域资源不包括完整的符号的情况下,所述S的取值为0。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the time domain resources occupied by the multicast common physical downlink control channel GC-PDCCH and/or the time domain occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel PDCCH When the resource does not include a complete symbol, the value of S is 0.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示用于传输所述数据的频域资源的信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The frequency domain resource information of the data.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及所述第一指示信息包括所述GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH Do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data and the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH The frequency domain resources and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and The first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and the The terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the S means The number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit the data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面提供的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面提供的方法的模块。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing first aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the first aspect.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置用于执行上述第二方面提供的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面提供的方法的模块。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the second aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the second aspect.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的指令,使得所述通信装置执行第一方面提供的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a memory and a processor, the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect Provided method.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的指令,使得所述通信装置行第二方面提供的方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a memory and a processor, the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device performs the second aspect. Provided method.
第七方面,提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理模块与通信接口,所述处理模块用于控制所述通信接口与外部进行通信,所述处理模块还用于实现第一方面提供的方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processing module and a communication interface, the processing module is configured to control the communication interface to communicate with the outside, and the processing module is also configured to implement the method provided in the first aspect.
第八方面,提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理模块与通信接口,所述处理模块用于控制所述通信接口与外部进行通信,所述处理模块还用于实现第二方面提供的方法。In an eighth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processing module and a communication interface, the processing module is configured to control the communication interface to communicate with the outside, and the processing module is also configured to implement the method provided in the second aspect.
第九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置实现第一方面,以及第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device realizes the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect The method in the way.
第十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置实现第二方面,以及第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device realizes the second aspect and any possible realization of the second aspect The method in the way.
第十一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第一方面提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the first aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第二方面提供的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the second aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的网络设备和终端设备。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned network equipment and terminal equipment.
基于本申请实施例,网络设备向终端设备指示的SLIV中包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息,因此,不管网络设备在什么位置LBT成功,或者说,用于传输数据的时域资源的起始位置出现在不同时域位置时,DCI中的时域资源指示信息均不需要进行更新,从而可以避免资源的浪费,降低对网络设备的要求,而且也可以保证终端设备正确获取传输数据的资源位置,进而正确接收数据,保证数据传输性能。Based on the embodiment of the present application, the SLIV indicated by the network device to the terminal device includes information about the relative position between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI. Therefore, no matter where the network device is located, LBT In other words, when the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit data appears in a different time domain position, the time domain resource indication information in the DCI does not need to be updated, which can avoid the waste of resources and reduce the need for network equipment. It can also ensure that the terminal device correctly obtains the resource location of the transmitted data, and then receives the data correctly to ensure the data transmission performance.
图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的一示意图;Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图2示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的另一示意图;Figure 2 shows another schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application;
图3示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的一种LBT侦听机制的示意图;FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an LBT interception mechanism applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图4示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的另一种LBT侦听机制的示意图;FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of another LBT interception mechanism applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图5和图6示出了两种可能的时隙帧结构示意图;Figures 5 and 6 show schematic diagrams of two possible time slot frame structures;
图7示出了信道占用的一示意图;Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of channel occupation;
图8示出了mini-slot的一示意图;Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of a mini-slot;
图9是根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10中的(1)至(3)示出了适用于本申请实施例的CORESET占完整的一个符号的示意图;(1) to (3) in FIG. 10 show schematic diagrams of a complete symbol of CORESET applicable to the embodiments of the present application;
图11示出了适用于本申请实施例的CORESET和PDSCH在同一符号进行传输的示意图;FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of CORESET and PDSCH being transmitted on the same symbol, which is applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图12中的(1)和(2)示出了适用于本申请实施例的发送RMSI CORESET和RMSI PDSCH的一示意图;(1) and (2) in FIG. 12 show a schematic diagram of transmitting RMSI CORESET and RMSI PDSCH applicable to the embodiments of the present application;
图13示出了适用于本申请实施例的发送RMSI CORESET和RMSI PDSCH的又一示意图;FIG. 13 shows another schematic diagram of sending RMSI CORESET and RMSI PDSCH applicable to the embodiments of the present application;
图14中的(1)和(2)示出了适用于本申请实施例的PDSCH DMRS的示意图;(1) and (2) in FIG. 14 show schematic diagrams of PDSCH DMRS applicable to the embodiments of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一示意性框图;FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一示意性框图;FIG. 16 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图;FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业 务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统等。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及车联网系统中的通信。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为V2X(X代表任何事物),例如,该V2X通信包括:车辆与车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,车辆与路边基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: the future 5th generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), global system for mobile communications, GSM ) System, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long-term evolution (long-term evolution) term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnected microwave access Into (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication systems, etc. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), and car networking systems Communication. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as V2X (X stands for anything). For example, the V2X communication includes: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to roadside infrastructure (V2I) ) Communication, vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1和图2详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIGS.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100的一示意图。如1图所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备111,该无线通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备121至终端设备123。网络设备和终端设备均可配置多个天线,网络设备与终端设备可使用多天线技术通信。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 111 shown in FIG. 1, and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 121 shown in FIG. To terminal equipment 123. Both network equipment and terminal equipment can be configured with multiple antennas, and the network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate using multiple antenna technology.
其中,网络设备和终端设备通信时,网络设备可以管理一个或多个小区,一个小区中可以有整数个终端设备。可选地,网络设备111和终端设备121至终端设备123组成一个单小区通信系统,不失一般性,将小区记为小区#1。网络设备111可以是小区#1中的网络设备,或者说,网络设备111可以为小区#1中的终端设备(例如终端设备121)服务。Among them, when a network device communicates with a terminal device, the network device may manage one or more cells, and there may be an integer number of terminal devices in a cell. Optionally, the network device 111 and the terminal device 121 to the terminal device 123 form a single-cell communication system. Without loss of generality, the cell is denoted as cell # 1. The network device 111 may be a network device in the cell # 1, or in other words, the network device 111 may serve a terminal device (for example, the terminal device 121) in the cell # 1.
需要说明的是,小区可以理解为网络设备的无线信号覆盖范围内的区域。It should be noted that a cell can be understood as an area covered by a wireless signal of a network device.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统200的另一示意图。如2图所示,本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于D2D通信。该无线通信系统200包括多个终端设备,例如图2中的终端设备124至终端设备126。终端设备124至终端设备126之间可以直接进行通信。例如,终端设备124和终端设备125可以单独或同时发送数据给终端设备126。FIG. 2 is another schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 200 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to D2D communication. The wireless communication system 200 includes a plurality of terminal devices, such as the terminal device 124 to the terminal device 126 in FIG. 2. The terminal device 124 to the terminal device 126 can directly communicate with each other. For example, the terminal device 124 and the terminal device 125 may send data to the terminal device 126 separately or at the same time.
应理解,图1和图2仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100或通信系统200中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIGS. 1 and 2 are only simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding. The communication system 100 or the communication system 200 may further include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in the figure.
还应理解,该无线通信系统中的网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,Home evolved NodeB,或Home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(BaseBand Unit,BBU),无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(Access Point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。It should also be understood that the network device in the wireless communication system may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. The equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), Radio Network Controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), home base station (for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BaseBand Unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (Access Point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , The gNB in the system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or the network node that constitutes the gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,简称AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU 实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU for short). CU implements part of the functions of gNB, and DU implements part of the functions of gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,该无线通信系统中的终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。It should also be understood that the terminal equipment in the wireless communication system may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and wireless terminals in smart homes. The embodiment of this application does not limit the application scenario.
为便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先对本申请中涉及的几个术语做简单介绍。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following first briefly introduces several terms involved in the present application.
1、授权频谱和非授权频谱1. Licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum
无线通信系统使用的频谱可以包括两类,授权频谱(licensed spectrum)和非授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)。通常,授权频谱上的载波称为授权载波,非授权频谱上的载波称为非授权载波。随着无线通信技术的发展,无线通信网络中传输的信息量日益增加,抢占非授权频谱传输信息,可以提高无线通信网络中的数据吞吐量,更好地满足用户的需求。在长期演进的非授权频谱(licensed-assisted access using long term evolution,LAA-LTE)系统中,LAA-LTE的节点通过先听后发(listen before talk,LBT)原则使用信道资源,其中,LBT是一种载波监听多路访问(carrier sense multiple access,CSMA)技术。在LAA系统中,采用LBT方式竞争接入信道,但该方式中信道占用的开始时间点是随机的,因此LAA-LTE载波出现信号的开始时间点也是随机的。The frequency spectrum used by the wireless communication system can be divided into two categories, licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum. Generally, the carrier on the licensed spectrum is called the licensed carrier, and the carrier on the unlicensed spectrum is called the unlicensed carrier. With the development of wireless communication technology, the amount of information transmitted in the wireless communication network is increasing. To seize the unlicensed spectrum to transmit information can increase the data throughput in the wireless communication network and better meet the needs of users. In the long-term evolution of the unlicensed spectrum (licensed-assisted access using long term evolution, LAA-LTE) system, the LAA-LTE nodes use the channel resources through the listen before talk (LBT) principle. Among them, LBT is A carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) technology. In the LAA system, the LBT mode is used to compete for the access channel, but the start time point of channel occupation in this mode is random, so the start time point of the signal appearance of the LAA-LTE carrier is also random.
在目前的LAA系统中,通常LBT是基于能量检测(energy detection,ED)来支持不同节点和技术的共存。当测量到的干扰水平超出一定级别时,节点将简单地回退(backoff)。WiFi系统中的基于前导检测的机制有更多优势。传输机会(transmission opportunity,TXOP)长度被携带于上述前导的净荷(payload)中,回退取决于前导检测以及对payload的解调/解码。In the current LAA system, usually LBT is based on energy detection (energy detection, ED) to support the coexistence of different nodes and technologies. When the measured interference level exceeds a certain level, the node will simply backoff. The preamble detection-based mechanism in the WiFi system has more advantages. The transmission opportunity (TXOP) length is carried in the payload (payload) of the preamble, and the backoff depends on the preamble detection and the demodulation/decoding of the payload.
通常发送端设备在竞争到信道后,可以向周边其他设备发送信道占用信号,该信道占用信号向其它设备指示发送端设备在竞争到的信道上需要占用的时长,从而避免了其它设备发生碰撞,提高通讯效率。该时长内可以进行传输或接收。Generally, after the transmitting end device competes for a channel, it can send a channel occupation signal to other surrounding devices. The channel occupation signal indicates to other devices the length of time that the transmitting end device needs to occupy on the competing channel, thereby avoiding collisions of other devices. Improve communication efficiency. Transmission or reception can be performed within this time period.
其中,发送端设备可以为网络设备,例如,通信系统100中的网络设备111。或者, 发送端设备也可以为终端设备,例如,通信系统100中的终端设备121,或终端设备122,或终端设备123。具体而言,若是网络设备发起的LBT成功,确定能与终端设备进行通信,通信的过程中如果是发送数据,则网络设备为发送端设备;通信的过程中如果是接收数据,则网络设备为接收端设备。若是终端设备发起的LBT成功,确定能与网络设备进行通信,通信的过程中如果是发送数据,则终端设备为发送端设备;通信的过程中如果是接收数据,则网络设备为接收端设备。The sending end device may be a network device, for example, the network device 111 in the communication system 100. Alternatively, the sending end device may also be a terminal device, for example, the terminal device 121, or the terminal device 122, or the terminal device 123 in the communication system 100. Specifically, if the LBT initiated by the network device is successful, it is determined that it can communicate with the terminal device. If data is sent during the communication, the network device is the sending device; if it is receiving data during the communication, the network device is Receiving device. If the LBT initiated by the terminal device is successful, it is determined that it can communicate with the network device. If it is sending data during the communication, the terminal device is the sending device; if it is receiving data during the communication, the network device is the receiving device.
为理解清楚,下面介绍一下发送端设备获得信道使用权后的一般流程。For a clear understanding, the following describes the general process after the sending end device obtains the channel use right.
发送端设备在LBT成功后,发送信道占用信号,该信道占用信号用于向其它设备指示发送端设备在竞争到的信道上将要使用信道的时长。After the LBT is successful, the sending end device sends a channel occupation signal, which is used to indicate to other devices the length of time that the sending end device will use the channel on the channel that it is competing for.
如果发送端设备发起的LBT成功,则发送端设备获得信道使用权。发送端设备在信道占用时长(channel occupancy time,COT)内占用该信道。其中,该COT可以为网络设备配置的、或者是标准规定的、或者是预存的等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。换句话说,发送端设备可以在COT内进行传输而不会被其它设备打扰。该COT可以小于或等于最大信道占用时长(maximum channel occupancy time,MCOT),还可以是TXOP。If the LBT initiated by the sender device is successful, the sender device obtains the right to use the channel. The sender device occupies the channel within the channel occupancy time (COT). Wherein, the COT may be configured by the network device, or specified by the standard, or pre-stored, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In other words, the sender device can transmit in the COT without being disturbed by other devices. The COT can be less than or equal to the maximum channel occupancy time (maximum channel occupancy time, MCOT), or it can be TXOP.
以下,以“COT”作为信道占用时长的示例进行说明。In the following, "COT" is used as an example of channel occupation time for description.
通常情况下,当发送端设备为网络设备时,则在相应的COT内进行的传输为下行传输;当发送端设备为终端设备时,则在相应的COT内进行的传输为上行传输。可选地,发送端设备可以将获得的COT内的信道使用权共享给其它设备。例如,当发送端设备为网络设备时,网络设备可以将信道使用权共享给终端设备使用,即允许终端设备在COT内进行传输。也就是说,在某个COT内会存在上行传输和下行传输的切换。这种切换可以为一次或者多次。Generally, when the sending end device is a network device, the transmission in the corresponding COT is downlink transmission; when the sending end device is a terminal device, the transmission in the corresponding COT is uplink transmission. Optionally, the sender device may share the obtained channel usage rights in the COT with other devices. For example, when the sending end device is a network device, the network device can share the channel use right to the terminal device for use, that is, allow the terminal device to transmit in the COT. In other words, there will be a switch between uplink transmission and downlink transmission within a certain COT. This switching can be one or multiple times.
2、先听后发LBT2. Send LBT after listening
为了保证和其他在非授权频段工作的设备共存,5G系统或下一代系统采用LBT的信道竞争接入机制。图3和图4示出了两种类型的LBT侦听机制。In order to ensure coexistence with other devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands, 5G systems or next-generation systems adopt LBT channel competition access mechanisms. Figures 3 and 4 show two types of LBT listening mechanisms.
一种类型的LBT侦听机制如图3所示,LBT设备可以在多个载波,例如成员载波(component carrier,CC)上进行独立的退避。如图3中,例如,竞争节点Wi-Fi占用时,也就是说在载波2上有Wi-Fi协议数据单元时,LBT设备在载波1、载波3、载波4上独立退避(即自退避),在载波2上作忙扩展空闲信道评估(如图3中的忙扩展空闲信道评估时隙(slot))。忙扩展空闲信道评估可以理解为估计LBT设备在载波2上占用的信道时长。又如图3中,LBT设备在载波2、载波3上独立退避,在载波4上作忙扩展空闲信道评估。在图3中,忙初始空闲信道评估可以理解为,在WiFi节点占用之前进行的空闲信道评估。闲初始信道评估可以理解为,在基站占用之前进行的空闲信道评估。忙扩展空闲信道评估可以理解为在WiFi节点占用期间进行的信道评估。闲扩展空闲信道评估可以理解为数据传输之前进行的信道评估。在图3所示的LBT侦听机制中,当在某个载波上退避完成后延迟传输来等待其他仍在退避的成员载波。如图3中的载波1至载波4,具体地,如图3中,LBT在载波1和载波3上自退避时,在载波4上不传输数据。当所有进行LBT的载波都完成退避后,该设备需要做额外的一个时长的空闲信道评估(one-shot clear channel assessment,one-shot CCA)来保证所有载波空闲。如图3中的闲初始空闲信道评估时长。如果所有载波空闲,则基站在空闲载波上同时进行传输。例如,一个时长可以是 25微秒(us)。One type of LBT listening mechanism is shown in Figure 3, where the LBT device can perform independent backoff on multiple carriers, such as component carriers (CC). As shown in Figure 3, for example, when the competing node Wi-Fi is occupied, that is, when there is a Wi-Fi protocol data unit on carrier 2, the LBT device backs off independently on carrier 1, carrier 3, and carrier 4 (ie self-backoff) , Perform busy extended idle channel assessment on carrier 2 (as shown in Figure 3, busy extended idle channel assessment slot). Busy extended idle channel assessment can be understood as estimating the length of the channel occupied by the LBT device on carrier 2. As shown in Figure 3, the LBT device backs off independently on carrier 2 and carrier 3, and performs busy extended idle channel assessment on carrier 4. In Figure 3, the busy initial idle channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the WiFi node is occupied. The idle initial channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the base station is occupied. The busy extended idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed during the occupation of the WiFi node. The idle extension idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed before data transmission. In the LBT listening mechanism shown in Figure 3, when backoff is completed on a certain carrier, transmission is delayed to wait for other component carriers that are still backoff. Carrier 1 to carrier 4 in Fig. 3, specifically, as shown in Fig. 3, when LBT self-backoffs on carrier 1 and carrier 3, no data is transmitted on carrier 4. After all the carriers performing LBT have completed backoff, the device needs to do an additional one-shot clear channel assessment (one-shot CCA) to ensure that all carriers are free. As shown in Figure 3, the initial idle channel assessment duration is idle. If all the carriers are idle, the base station transmits on the idle carriers at the same time. For example, a duration can be 25 microseconds (us).
还有一种类型的LBT侦听机制如图4所示,LBT设备仅在某个选取的成员载波上进行退避,如图4中,在选取的载波上进行退避。在退避结束时,开始数据传输前,在载波1、载波2、载波3上作初始空闲信道评估(如图4中的忙初始空闲信道评估时隙)。也就是说,当退避结束时在其他成员载波上进行one-shot CCA,如果成员载波为空闲,则进行数据传输;如果该成员载波不空闲,则此次无法在该成员载波上进行数据传输。在图4中,忙初始空闲信道评估可以理解为,在WiFi节点占用之前进行的空闲信道评估。闲初始信道评估可以理解为,在基站占用之前进行的空闲信道评估。忙扩展空闲信道评估可以理解为在WiFi节点占用期间进行的信道评估。闲扩展空闲信道评估可以理解为数据传输之前进行的信道评估。There is also a type of LBT listening mechanism as shown in Figure 4, where the LBT device only performs back-off on a selected component carrier. In Figure 4, back-off is performed on the selected carrier. At the end of the backoff, before starting data transmission, perform initial idle channel assessment on carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 3 (as shown in the busy initial idle channel assessment time slot in Figure 4). That is, when the backoff ends, one-shot CCA is performed on other component carriers. If the component carrier is idle, data transmission is performed; if the component carrier is not idle, data transmission cannot be performed on the component carrier this time. In Figure 4, the busy initial idle channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the WiFi node is occupied. The idle initial channel assessment can be understood as the idle channel assessment performed before the base station is occupied. The busy extended idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed during the occupied period of the WiFi node. The idle extension idle channel assessment can be understood as the channel assessment performed before data transmission.
如图3或图4所示,进行LBT的设备可以是5G系统或下一代系统中的通信设备,如LAA LTE、WiFi、NR-U或是其它工作于非授权(unlicensed)频段的通信设备。图3或图4中设备进行LBT收到的干扰来自于WiFi系统,在实际场景中,进行LBT的设备受到的干扰也可以来自于5G系统或下一代系统,如LAA LTE,NR-U或是其它工作于unlicensed频段的通信系统,本申请对此不作限制。As shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4, the device performing LBT may be a communication device in a 5G system or a next-generation system, such as LAA LTE, WiFi, NR-U, or other communication devices operating in an unlicensed frequency band. The interference received by the device performing LBT in Figure 3 or Figure 4 comes from the WiFi system. In actual scenarios, the interference received by the device performing LBT can also come from 5G systems or next-generation systems, such as LAA LTE, NR-U or Other communication systems working in unlicensed frequency bands are not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中采用的LBT侦听机制不限于上述图3或图4所示的侦听机制。It should be noted that the LBT interception mechanism adopted in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the interception mechanism shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 above.
3、信道占用信号3. Channel occupation signal
发送端设备在竞争到信道后,可以向周边其它设备发送信道占用信号。该信道占用信号可以用于向其它设备指示发送端设备在竞争到的信道上需要占用的传输时长,从而避免了其它设备发生碰撞。此外,该信道占用信号还可以指示其它设备反馈信道占用的信息。After the sending end device competes for the channel, it can send channel occupation signals to other surrounding devices. The channel occupancy signal can be used to indicate to other devices the transmission time that the transmitting end device needs to occupy on the competing channel, thereby avoiding collisions of other devices. In addition, the channel occupancy signal can also instruct other devices to feed back channel occupancy information.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,信道占用信号也可以为信道占用指示信息或信道指示信息等,其具体的名称不对本申请所要保护的范围造成限定。It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the channel occupation signal may also be channel occupation indication information or channel indication information, etc., and its specific name does not limit the scope of protection to be protected by this application.
4、符号(symbol)4. Symbol
时域资源的最小单位。本申请实施例对一个符号的时间长度不做限制。针对不同的子载波间隔,一个符号的长度可以有所不同。符号可以包括上行符号和下行符号,作为示例而非限定;下行符号例如可以称为OFDM符号。在本申请实施例中,符号可以是资源单元的再一例。The smallest unit of time domain resources. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the time length of a symbol. For different subcarrier intervals, the length of a symbol can be different. The symbol may include an uplink symbol and a downlink symbol, as an example and not a limitation; the downlink symbol may be called an OFDM symbol, for example. In the embodiment of the present application, the symbol may be another example of the resource unit.
5、时隙5. Time slot
时隙为一段时间资源。例如,在NR中,时隙可以是时间的最小调度单元。一种时隙的格式为包含14个OFDM符号,每个OFDM符号的CP为正常CP(normal CP);一种时隙的格式为包含12个OFDM符号,每个OFDM符号的CP为扩展CP(extended CP);一种时隙的格式为包含7个OFDM符号,每个OFDM符号的CP为正常CP。一个时隙中的OFDM符号可以全用于上行传输;可以全用于下行传输;也可以一部分用于下行传输,一部分用于上行传输,一部分预留不进行传输。应理解,以上举例仅为示例性说明,不应对本申请构成任何限定。出于系统前向兼容性考虑,时隙格式不限于以上示例。The time slot is a period of time resource. For example, in NR, a time slot may be the smallest scheduling unit of time. A slot format contains 14 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is a normal CP (normal CP); a slot format contains 12 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is an extended CP ( extended CP); A slot format contains 7 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is the normal CP. The OFDM symbols in a time slot can be all used for uplink transmission; all can be used for downlink transmission; or some of them can be used for downlink transmission, some for uplink transmission, and some are reserved for no transmission. It should be understood that the above examples are merely illustrative and should not constitute any limitation to the application. For the sake of system forward compatibility, the slot format is not limited to the above example.
结合图5和图6介绍两种时隙帧结构。Two time slot frame structures are introduced in conjunction with Figure 5 and Figure 6.
如图5所示,图5所示的帧结构为LTE系统下的一种帧结构。在一个调度时隙中,前1个OFDM符号,或前2个OFDM符号,或前3个OFDM符号,承载下行控制信息 (downlink control information,DCI),后面的几个符号承载数据。换句话说,在LTE中,DCI位于每个帧的前3个符号中的一个或多个符号上。As shown in FIG. 5, the frame structure shown in FIG. 5 is a frame structure under the LTE system. In a scheduling slot, the first 1 OFDM symbol, or the first 2 OFDM symbols, or the first 3 OFDM symbols carry downlink control information (DCI), and the following symbols carry data. In other words, in LTE, DCI is located on one or more of the first 3 symbols of each frame.
为了提高系统调度的灵活性,在NR中引入了微调度时隙,迷你时隙(mini-slot)的概念,其长度可以是:2个OFDM符号、4个OFDM符号、或7个OFDM符号,如图6所示的4符号的mini-slot和2符号的mini-slot。在每个mini-slot中的第1个符号有mini-slot的控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET),用于承载该mini-slot的调度信息。In order to improve the flexibility of system scheduling, the concept of mini-slots, mini-slots, is introduced in NR. Its length can be: 2 OFDM symbols, 4 OFDM symbols, or 7 OFDM symbols. The mini-slot with 4 symbols and the mini-slot with 2 symbols are shown in Figure 6. The first symbol in each mini-slot has a mini-slot control resource set (control resource set, CORESET), which is used to carry the mini-slot scheduling information.
控制资源集:用于传输下行控制信息的资源集合,也可以称为控制资源区域,或物理下行控制信道资源集合。Control resource set: A resource set used to transmit downlink control information, which may also be referred to as a control resource region or a physical downlink control channel resource set.
每个控制资源集可以是一组资源元素组(resource element group,REG)的集合。REG是下行控制信令进行物理资源分配的基本单位,用于定义下行控制信令到RE的映射。例如,在LTE协议中规定,一个REG由4个频域上连续的非参考信号(reference signal,RS)的资源元素(resource element,RE)组成。应理解,REG仅为用于资源分配的单位,不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请并不排除在未来的协议中定义新的资源分配单位来实现相同或相似的功能。Each control resource set may be a set of resource element groups (REG). REG is the basic unit for downlink control signaling to allocate physical resources, and is used to define the mapping of downlink control signaling to RE. For example, in the LTE protocol, it is stipulated that one REG is composed of 4 continuous resource elements (resource elements, RE) of non-reference signal (RS) in the frequency domain. It should be understood that REG is only a unit for resource allocation and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the definition of a new resource allocation unit in future agreements to achieve the same or similar functions.
对于网络设备而言,控制资源集可以理解为发送物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)所可能使用的资源的集合;对于终端设备而言,每个终端设备的PDCCH的搜索空间所对应的资源都属于该控制资源集。或者说,网络设备可以从该控制资源集中确定发送PDCCH使用的资源,终端设备可以根据该控制资源集确定PDCCH的搜索空间。For network devices, the control resource set can be understood as a set of resources that may be used to send a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); for terminal devices, the search space of each terminal device’s PDCCH corresponds to All resources belong to the control resource set. In other words, the network device can determine the resource used to send the PDCCH from the control resource set, and the terminal device can determine the PDCCH search space according to the control resource set.
其中,控制资源集可以包括时频资源,例如,频域上可以是一段带宽,或者一个或者多个子带等;时域上可以是一个或多个符号。一个控制资源集在时频域上可以是连续或不连续的资源单元,例如,连续的资源块(resource block,RB)或者不连续的RB。Wherein, the control resource set may include time-frequency resources, for example, it may be a section of bandwidth in the frequency domain, or one or more subbands, etc.; it may be one or more symbols in the time domain. A control resource set may be continuous or discontinuous resource units in the time-frequency domain, for example, a continuous resource block (resource block, RB) or a discontinuous RB.
应理解,上述列举的频域资源、时域资源、时频域资源的具体内容仅为示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,RB是资源单元的一例,RB的大小可以为NR协议中定义的资源,也可以为未来协议中定义的资源,或者,还可以使用其他的命名来替代。又例如,控制资源集在时域上还可以是一个或多个时隙、无线帧、子帧、微时隙(mini slot或sub slot)、或者传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI),本申请实施例对此并未特别限定。It should be understood that the specific content of the frequency domain resources, time domain resources, and time-frequency domain resources listed above are only exemplary descriptions, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. For example, an RB is an example of a resource unit, and the size of the RB may be a resource defined in the NR protocol, or a resource defined in a future protocol, or other names may be used instead. For another example, the control resource set in the time domain may also be one or more time slots, radio frames, subframes, mini-slots or sub-slots, or transmission time intervals (TTI). The application embodiment does not specifically limit this.
在本申请实施例中,以控制资源集在时域上为mini-slot为例进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the control resource set is a mini-slot in the time domain as an example for description.
应理解,上述列举的控制资源集仅为示例性说明,本申请实施例对此并不做限定。例如控制资源集例如可以通过高层参数中的ControlResourceSet information element配置。该高层参数中例如可以包括控制资源集的标识(ID)、频域资源、持续时间(duration)所包含的符号个数等。本申请对用于配置控制资源集的具体参数不作限定。It should be understood that the control resource set listed above is only exemplary, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. For example, the control resource set can be configured through the ControlResourceSet information element in the high-level parameters. The high-level parameters may include, for example, the identification (ID) of the control resource set, frequency domain resources, and the number of symbols included in the duration (duration). This application does not limit the specific parameters used to configure the control resource set.
6、时频资源6. Time-frequency resources
在本申请实施例中,数据或信息可以通过时频资源来承载,其中,该时频资源可以包括时域上的资源和频域上的资源。其中,在时域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个时域单位(或者,也可以称为时间单位),在频域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个频域单位。In the embodiments of the present application, data or information may be carried by time-frequency resources, where the time-frequency resources may include resources in the time domain and resources in the frequency domain. Wherein, in the time domain, the time-frequency resource may include one or more time domain units (or, it may also be referred to as a time unit), and in the frequency domain, the time-frequency resource may include one or more frequency domain units.
其中,一个时域单位可以是一个符号,或者一个迷你时隙(mini-slot),或者一个时隙(slot),或者一个子帧(subframe)。其中,一个子帧在时域上的持续时间可以是1 毫秒(ms)。一个迷你时隙可以包括至少一个符号(例如,2个符号或者4个符号或者7个符号或者14个符号,或者其他小于等于14个符号的任意数目符号)。列举的上述时域单位大小仅仅是为了方便理解本申请的方案,不应理解对本发明的限定,可以理解的是,上述时域单位大小可以为其它值,本申请不做限定。Among them, a time domain unit may be a symbol, or a mini-slot, or a time slot (slot), or a subframe (subframe). Among them, the duration of a subframe in the time domain may be 1 millisecond (ms). One mini-slot may include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 4 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols). The above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes are only for the convenience of understanding the solutions of the application, and should not be understood as limiting the present invention. It is understandable that the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes may be other values, which are not limited in this application.
一个频域单位可以是一个资源块(resource block,RB),或者一个资源块组(resource block group,RBG),或者一个预定义的子带(subband)。A frequency domain unit may be a resource block (resource block, RB), or a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or a predefined subband (subband).
在本申请实施例中,“数据”或“信息”可以理解为信息块经过编码后生成的比特,或者,“数据”或“信息”还可以理解为信息块经过编码调制后生成的调制符号。In the embodiments of the present application, "data" or "information" can be understood as bits generated after information blocks are coded, or "data" or "information" can also be understood as modulation symbols generated after information blocks are coded and modulated.
由上文描述可知,工作于非授权频段的发送端设备(如网络设备)可以随时开始LBT,由于其它系统产生的干扰出现和持续时间的不确定性,LBT可能在任意时刻结束。如图7所示,发送端设备在slot 0的中间位置抢到信道,对于LTE LAA来说,它支持传输机会(如TXOP)从slot的第1个符号起始,或者第7个符号起始。接收端设备(如终端设备)会在传输机会外的每个slot的这两个位置检测DCI,从而判断TXOP是否存在。From the above description, it can be seen that the transmitter equipment (such as network equipment) working in the unlicensed frequency band can start LBT at any time. Due to the occurrence of interference generated by other systems and the uncertainty of the duration, LBT may end at any time. As shown in Figure 7, the sender device grabs the channel in the middle of slot 0. For LTE LAA, it supports transmission opportunities (such as TXOP) starting from the first symbol of the slot or the seventh symbol . The receiving end device (such as the terminal device) will detect the DCI at these two positions of each slot outside the transmission opportunity to determine whether the TXOP exists.
当接收端设备检测到TXOP后,发送端设备发给接收端设备的DCI只会位于每个slot的前1个OFDM符号、前2个OFDM符号、或前3个OFDM符号,也就是说,当接收端设备在某个slot内的前3个OFDM符号均没有检测到DCI,接收端设备会认为发送端设备在本slot内没有发送数据,为了节省能量消耗,接收端设备在本slot的其它OFDM符号(符号3-符号13)都不会再尝试检测DCI。接收端设备在每个slot都会重复上述流程。When the receiving device detects the TXOP, the DCI sent by the transmitting device to the receiving device will only be located in the first 1 OFDM symbol, 2 OFDM symbols, or 3 OFDM symbols of each slot, that is, when If the receiving device does not detect DCI in the first 3 OFDM symbols in a slot, the receiving device will think that the transmitting device has not sent data in this slot. In order to save energy consumption, the receiving device is in other OFDM symbols in this slot. The symbols (symbol 3-symbol 13) will not try to detect DCI again. The receiving end device repeats the above process in each slot.
那么,假设LBT在slot 0的符号8成功,即发送端设备在slot 0的符号8抢到信道,由于接收端设备不会在该位置检测DCI,因此,即使发送端设备在符号8-符号13发送数据,接收端设备也不会接收该数据。在该情况下,slot 0的符号8-符号13只能空置或发送无用信号,也就是说,下行控制信息和数据只能在下一个完整的slot(例如slot 1)及以后的slot进行发送。Then, suppose that LBT succeeds in symbol 8 of slot 0, that is, the sending end device grabs the channel at symbol 8 of slot 0. Since the receiving end device will not detect DCI at this position, even if the sending end device is in symbol 8-symbol 13 Send data, the receiving end device will not receive the data. In this case, symbol 8-symbol 13 of slot 0 can only be vacant or send useless signals, that is, downlink control information and data can only be sent in the next complete slot (for example, slot 1) and later slots.
为此,提出了mini-slot。如图8所示,发送端设备在LBT前会准备1个完整slot(full slot)以及长度为2符号的mini-slot、长度为4符号的mini-slot、和长度为7符号的mini-slot,并根据最终的LBT来调整实际的传输方式。For this reason, mini-slot is proposed. As shown in Figure 8, the sender device will prepare a full slot (full slot) and a mini-slot with a length of 2 symbols, a mini-slot with a length of 4 symbols, and a mini-slot with a length of 7 symbols before the LBT. , And adjust the actual transmission mode according to the final LBT.
如图8所示,当发送端设备在slot内的第1个符号(即符号0)LBT成功时,可以在符号1发送2符号mini-slot,符号3发送4符号mini-slot,符号7发送7符号mini-slot。在slot内不同符号前LBT成功,会采用不同的方式发送下行数据。以2符号的mini-slot为例,当发送端设备在不同的时刻LBT成功时,可能出现在slot内的4个位置,如图8所示的符号1-2,符号5-6,符号8-9,符号12-13。As shown in Figure 8, when the LBT of the first symbol in the slot (ie symbol 0) is successful, the sending device can send 2 symbols mini-slot in symbol 1, symbol 3 sends 4 symbol mini-slot, and symbol 7 sends 7 symbol mini-slot. If the LBT succeeds before different symbols in the slot, the downlink data will be sent in different ways. Take the 2-slot mini-slot as an example. When the LBT succeeds at different times, the sending end device may appear in 4 positions in the slot, as shown in Figure 8: Symbol 1-2, Symbol 5-6, Symbol 8 -9, symbols 12-13.
应理解,上述图8所示的几种情况只是示例性说明,不对本申请实施例造成限定。It should be understood that the several situations shown in FIG. 8 are only exemplary descriptions and do not limit the embodiments of the present application.
表1示出了DCI资源指示表。由表1可知,DCI中有4比特(bit)用于指示下行资源的时域位置。由4比特指示获取PDSCH分配列表(pdsch-Allocationlist)中的某一行配置(row x),其中x为大于0或等于0的整数,row x可以对应以下信息:k0、映射类型(mapping type)以及startsymbolandlength配置值。也就是说,终端设备基于接收到的DCI指示的row x,可以确定该row x对应的k0、映射类型以及startsymbolandlength配置值,换句话说,终端设备可以获知k0、PDSCH的映射类型以及startsymbolandlength配置值这些信息,进而可以确定用于传输PDSCH的时域资源。Table 1 shows the DCI resource indication table. It can be seen from Table 1 that there are 4 bits in the DCI to indicate the time domain position of the downlink resource. It is indicated by 4 bits to obtain a row configuration (row x) in the PDSCH allocation list (pdsch-Allocationlist), where x is an integer greater than or equal to 0, row x can correspond to the following information: k0, mapping type, and The startsymbolandlength configuration value. In other words, the terminal device can determine the k0, mapping type, and startsymbolandlength configuration value corresponding to the row x indicated by the received DCI. In other words, the terminal device can learn the k0, PDSCH mapping type, and startsymbolandlength configuration value. This information can then determine the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH.
表1Table 1
应理解,上述表1仅是示例性地提供了一种可能的DCI资源指示表,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing Table 1 only provides a possible DCI resource indication table as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
其中,k0可以表示该DCI与调度PDSCH之间的slot偏移值,对于mini-slot而言,k0固定为0,即PDSCH总是与对应的DCI连在一起。对于mini-slot而言,映射类型为type B。对于2/4/7符号的mini-slot,SLIV=14*(L-1)+S,其中S为PDSCH起始symbol的绝对序号,L为mini-slot持续的符号数,即为2/4/7符号。Among them, k0 can represent the slot offset value between the DCI and the scheduled PDSCH. For mini-slot, k0 is fixed to 0, that is, the PDSCH is always connected with the corresponding DCI. For mini-slot, the mapping type is type B. For a mini-slot with 2/4/7 symbols, SLIV=14*(L-1)+S, where S is the absolute number of the PDSCH starting symbol, and L is the number of symbols that the mini-slot lasts, which is 2/4 /7 symbol.
对PDSCH映射类型不同,循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)不同,其对应的S、L组合不同。如表2和表3所示。For different PDSCH mapping types and different cyclic prefix (CP), the corresponding S and L combinations are different. As shown in Table 2 and Table 3.
关于映射类型,PDSCH或者PUSCH在时域上的映射方式可包括第一映射方式和第二映射方式,其中,第一映射方式可以为NR协议中的映射类型A(mapping type A),第二映射方式可以为NR协议中的映射类型B(mapping type A)。在通常情况下,PDSCH或者PUSCH的映射方式可通过高层信令指示,例如,无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令。Regarding the mapping type, the mapping mode of PDSCH or PUSCH in the time domain may include a first mapping mode and a second mapping mode, where the first mapping mode may be mapping type A (mapping type A) in the NR protocol, and the second mapping The method can be the mapping type B (mapping type A) in the NR protocol. Under normal circumstances, the mapping mode of PDSCH or PUSCH can be indicated by higher layer signaling, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
关于CP,包括正常CP(normal CP)和扩展CP(extended CP)。一种时隙的格式为包含14个OFDM符号,每个OFDM符号的CP为正常CP;一种时隙的格式为包含12个OFDM符号,每个OFDM符号的CP为扩展CP;一种时隙的格式为包含7个OFDM符号,每个OFDM符号的CP为正常CP。应理解,以上举例仅为示例性说明,不应对本申请构成任何限定。Regarding CP, it includes normal CP (normal CP) and extended CP (extended CP). A slot format contains 14 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is a normal CP; a slot format contains 12 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is an extended CP; a slot The format contains 7 OFDM symbols, and the CP of each OFDM symbol is the normal CP. It should be understood that the above examples are merely illustrative and should not constitute any limitation to the application.
表2Table 2
表3table 3
终端设备可以根据S、L判断出PDSCH的传输资源的位置。The terminal equipment can determine the location of the PDSCH transmission resource according to S and L.
由图8可知,对于2符号mini-slot而言,当它出现在符号1-2,符号5-6,符号8-9,符号12-13时,L不变,S会发生变化,因此DCI中的时域资源指示信息也需要进行更新。因此,网络设备需要同时准备四个不同的DCI来对应不同的可能发送位置或是根据LBT结果实时更新DCI指示信息,上述两种方法都对网络设备的能力有较高的要求。It can be seen from Figure 8 that for the 2-symbol mini-slot, when it appears in the symbol 1-2, the symbol 5-6, the symbol 8-9, and the symbol 12-13, L does not change and S will change, so DCI The time-domain resource indication information in the also needs to be updated. Therefore, the network device needs to prepare four different DCIs at the same time to correspond to different possible sending locations or update the DCI indication information in real time according to the LBT result. Both of the above two methods have higher requirements on the capabilities of the network device.
本申请实施例提出一种方法,通过更改DCI中时域资源解析方式,使得网络设备在mini-slot发送位置改变时无需更新DCI中时域指示信息,节省资源开销。The embodiment of the present application proposes a method to change the time domain resource analysis mode in the DCI so that the network device does not need to update the time domain indication information in the DCI when the mini-slot sending position changes, thereby saving resource overhead.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的各个实施例。The various embodiments provided in this application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种接收数据和发送数据的方法900的示意性交互图。方法900可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 9 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 900 for receiving data and sending data according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 900 may include the following steps.
910,终端设备接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示时域资源指示。相应地,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。910. The terminal device receives indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain resource indication. Correspondingly, the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,可以包括如下方案:终端设备接收指示信息。终端设备根据该指示信息确定下行数据的时域资源。具体地,终端设备可以PDCCH的起始符号和/或PDCCH的结束符号作为参考点,确定PDSCH的时域资源。例如,指示信息携带PDCCH(或PDCCH的起始符号和/或PDCCH的结束符号)和PDSCH(或PDSCH的起始符号和/或PDSCH 的结束符号)之间的符号偏移量。终端设备接收到PDCCH可以确定PDCCH的起始符号和/或PDCCH的结束符号。进一步,终端设备根据指示信息中携带的符号偏移量,可以确定PDSCH所占用的资源。也就是说,终端设备确定PDSCH的起始符号和/或PDSCH的结束符号,和/或,持续时间。In the embodiment of the present application, the following solution may be included: the terminal device receives the instruction information. The terminal device determines the time domain resource of the downlink data according to the indication information. Specifically, the terminal device can use the start symbol of the PDCCH and/or the end symbol of the PDCCH as a reference point to determine the time domain resource of the PDSCH. For example, the indication information carries the symbol offset between the PDCCH (or the start symbol of the PDCCH and/or the end symbol of the PDCCH) and the PDSCH (or the start symbol of the PDSCH and/or the end symbol of the PDSCH). The terminal device may determine the start symbol of the PDCCH and/or the end symbol of the PDCCH after receiving the PDCCH. Further, the terminal device can determine the resources occupied by the PDSCH according to the symbol offset carried in the indication information. That is, the terminal device determines the start symbol of the PDSCH and/or the end symbol of the PDSCH, and/or the duration.
该指示信息例如可以承载于DCI,网络设备可以通过DCI向终端设备指示与传输数据的时域资源相关的信息,如上述表1所示的指示方式。终端设备接收到该DCI后,可以确定传输数据的时域资源,从而可以在正确的位置接收数据。The indication information may be carried in the DCI, for example, and the network device may indicate information related to the time domain resource for transmitting data to the terminal device through the DCI, as shown in the indication manner in Table 1 above. After receiving the DCI, the terminal device can determine the time domain resource for transmitting the data, so that the data can be received at the correct location.
下文实施例,以指示信息承载于DCI上、数据为PDSCH为例进行说明。In the following embodiments, the indication information is carried on the DCI and the data is PDSCH as an example for description.
其中,时域资源指示可以表征传输下行数据的时域资源。具体地,时域资源指示包括SLIV。SLIV,PDSCH起始和长度指示(start and Length Indicator,SLIV),或者,也可以称为PDSCH时域资源指示,包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息。Among them, the time domain resource indication may characterize the time domain resource for transmitting downlink data. Specifically, the time domain resource indication includes SLIV. SLIV, PDSCH start and length indicator (start and length indicator, SLIV), or, can also be called PDSCH time domain resource indicator, including the difference between the time domain resources used to transmit data and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI Relative location information.
可选地,SLIV用于指示S和L,S表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置,L表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。Optionally, SLIV is used to indicate S and L, S indicates the relative position between the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI, L indicates the length of the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH, S and L are integers greater than or equal to zero.
S表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置,S为大于0或等于0的整数。S represents the relative position between the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI, and S is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
一种可能的实现方式,S可以表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数(或符号偏移量)。终端设备根据用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置,可以确定用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置。例如,S=1、用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置为符号0时,终端设备可以确定用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置为符号1。In a possible implementation manner, S may represent the number of symbols (or symbol offsets) between the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the start positions of the time domain resources used to transmit DCI. The terminal device can determine the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH according to the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI. For example, when S=1, when the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI is symbol 0, the terminal device may determine that the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH is symbol 1.
又一种可能的实现方式,S可以表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置与用于传输DCI的时域资源的结束位置之间的符号个数。终端设备根据用于传输DCI的时域资源的结束位置,可以确定用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置。例如,S=0、用于传输DCI的时域资源的结束位置为符号2时,终端设备可以确定用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置为符号2。In another possible implementation manner, S may represent the number of symbols between the start position of the time domain resource used for transmitting the PDSCH and the end position of the time domain resource used for transmitting the DCI. The terminal device can determine the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH according to the end position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI. For example, when S=0 and the end position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI is symbol 2, the terminal device may determine that the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH is symbol 2.
本申请实施例以S表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数为例进行示例性说明。应理解S表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置与用于传输DCI的时域资源的结束位置之间的符号个数的方式,也适用于本申请实施例。In the embodiment of the present application, S represents the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI as an example for illustration. It should be understood that the way S represents the number of symbols between the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH and the end position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI is also applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
其中,L表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的持续时间,L为大于0或等于0的整数。L取值例如可以为:2-S、5-S、6-S、7-S、12-S、13-S、或14-S等,L的具体取值取决于DCI持续的符号数以及可能存在的其它信号持续的符号数为半个slot还是1个slot(14符号)等。Wherein, L represents the duration of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH, and L is an integer greater than or equal to zero. The value of L can be, for example, 2-S, 5-S, 6-S, 7-S, 12-S, 13-S, or 14-S, etc. The specific value of L depends on the number of continuous DCI symbols and Whether the number of symbols for other signals that may exist is half a slot or 1 slot (14 symbols), etc.
下文将详细介绍终端设备确定S和L的方式。The following will describe in detail how the terminal device determines S and L.
网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示S和L的信息。换句话说,网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置和长度,以便终端设备可以获知用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的位置,即在何时开始接收PDSCH以及接收多长时间。The network device indicates the information of S and L to the terminal device through DCI. In other words, the network device indicates to the terminal device the starting position and length of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH through the DCI, so that the terminal device can learn the position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH, that is, when to start receiving the PDSCH And how long to receive.
网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示S和L的信息。一种可能的实现方式,网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示SLIV的信息,该SLIV用于指示S和L。换句话说,终端设备根据SLIV、以及S和L的含义,解析出用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置和长度;又一种可能的实现方式,网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示S和L,终端设备根据S和L解析出用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置和长度。The network device indicates the information of S and L to the terminal device through DCI. In a possible implementation manner, the network device indicates the SLIV information to the terminal device through the DCI, and the SLIV is used to indicate S and L. In other words, the terminal equipment parses out the starting position and length of the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH according to SLIV and the meaning of S and L; in another possible implementation manner, the network equipment indicates S to the terminal equipment through DCI And L, the terminal device parses out the starting position and length of the time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH according to S and L.
下文以时域资源指示是SLIV为例详细介绍关于终端设备解析时频资源位置的方式。In the following, the time-domain resource indication is SLIV as an example to introduce in detail the way the terminal device analyzes the location of the time-frequency resource.
可选地,在步骤910之前,方法900还可以包括步骤901。Optionally, before step 910, the method 900 may further include step 901.
901,网络设备确定SLIV。901: The network device determines the SLIV.
网络设备确定SLIV后,可以向终端设备发送携带SLIV的消息,终端设备接收到该SLIV后,可以解析用于传输PDSCH的时域资源位置,例如终端设备确定开始接收PDSCH的位置以及接收PDSCH的长度,进而可以在相应的位置正确地接收数据。After the network device determines the SLIV, it can send a message carrying the SLIV to the terminal device. After receiving the SLIV, the terminal device can analyze the location of the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH. For example, the terminal device determines the location to start receiving the PDSCH and the length of the received PDSCH , And then you can correctly receive data at the corresponding location.
920,终端设备基于SLIV接收数据。920: The terminal device receives data based on SLIV.
换句话说,终端设备基于确定的用于传输PDSCH的资源位置接收PDSCH。In other words, the terminal device receives the PDSCH based on the determined resource location for PDSCH transmission.
下面将详细描述终端设备解析用于传输PDSCH的时域资源位置的方式。The manner in which the terminal device analyzes the location of the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH will be described in detail below.
可选地,终端设备接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示S表示用于传输PDSCH的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的之间的相对位置。也可以理解为,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备解析用于传输PDSCH的时域资源位置的方式。Optionally, the terminal device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates a relative position between a time domain resource used to transmit PDSCH and a time domain resource used to transmit DCI. It can also be understood that the second indication information is used to indicate the manner in which the terminal device analyzes the location of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH.
也就是说,终端设备可以根据第二指示信息确定解析时域资源位置的方式。如上文所述,终端设备通过DCI的指示,可以获取到startsymbolandlength配置值,SLIV可以根据公式1计算获得:In other words, the terminal device may determine the manner of analyzing the location of the time domain resource according to the second indication information. As mentioned above, the terminal device can obtain the configuration value of startsymbolandlength through the instruction of DCI, and SLIV can be calculated according to Formula 1:
SLIV=14*(L-1)+SSLIV=14*(L-1)+S
公式1 Formula 1
S为PDSCH起始符号的序号(即用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始位置),L为传输PDSCH的符号数(即mini-slot持续的符号数)。S is the sequence number of the PDSCH starting symbol (that is, the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH), and L is the number of symbols for transmitting the PDSCH (that is, the number of symbols lasting for the mini-slot).
在本申请实施例中,终端设备至少可以通过以下任意一种方式解析时域资源位置。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may at least analyze the time domain resource location in any of the following ways.
方式1,基于S的含义为相对位置进行解析。 Method 1, based on the meaning of S for relative position analysis.
也就是说,S表示的是用于传输PDSCH的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置,即S不是绝对序号,而是相对于DCI的相对符号的序号,终端设备基于该相对位置解析时域资源位置。In other words, S represents the relative position between the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI, that is, S is not an absolute sequence number, but a sequence number relative to DCI. The terminal equipment The time domain resource location is resolved based on the relative location.
方式2,基于S的含义为绝对位置进行解析。 Method 2, based on the meaning of S for absolute position analysis.
也就是说,S表示的是用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始符号的绝对序号,终端设备基于该绝对位置解析时域资源位置。结合图8示例性说明。如图8中开始位置1的情况,S为1,即终端设备在符号1开始接收PDSCH;又如图8中开始位置2的情况,S为3,即终端设备在符号3开始接收PDSCH;又如图8中开始位置3的情况,S为5,即终端设备在符号5开始接收PDSCH。可以看出,当用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始符号不同时,S也会发生变化。That is to say, S represents the absolute sequence number of the start symbol of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH, and the terminal device resolves the position of the time domain resource based on the absolute position. Illustrate with reference to FIG. 8. In the case of starting position 1, as shown in Figure 8, S is 1, that is, the terminal device starts to receive PDSCH at symbol 1, and in the case of starting position 2 in Figure 8, S is 3, that is, the terminal device starts to receive PDSCH at symbol 3; In the case of starting position 3 in Fig. 8, S is 5, that is, the terminal device starts to receive PDSCH at symbol 5. It can be seen that when the start symbols of the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are different, S will also change.
应理解,上述方式1和方式2仅是为区分而做的命名,其命名并不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。It should be understood that the foregoing manner 1 and manner 2 are only naming for distinction, and their naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
其中,该第二指示信息可以是显示指示,也可以是隐式指示,对此不做限定。下面分 别说明。The second indication information may be a display indication or an implicit indication, which is not limited. Described separately below.
一种可能的实现方式,该第二指示信息为显示指示。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is a display indication.
示例性地,可以在PDCCH指令的基础上增加字段,如x比特的字段,通过该增加的字段来指示终端设备解析时域资源位置的方式。或者,也可以理解为,通过该增加的字段来指示S表示的是相对于DCI的相对符号的序号,还是表示的是用于传输PDSCH的起始符号的绝对序号,进而终端设备可以根据该S表示的含义来确定用于传输PDSCH的起始符号。增加字段后的DCI和增加前的DCI长度可以相同也可以不同。其中,x为大于1或等于1的整数。Exemplarily, a field can be added on the basis of the PDCCH instruction, such as an x-bit field, and the added field is used to instruct the terminal device to parse the time domain resource location. Or, it can also be understood that the added field indicates whether S represents the relative symbol sequence number relative to DCI or the absolute sequence number of the start symbol used to transmit the PDSCH, and the terminal device can use the S The meaning of the representation determines the start symbol used to transmit the PDSCH. The length of the DCI after the added field and the DCI before the increase may be the same or different. Among them, x is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
例如,利用一个1比特的字段来指示终端设备解析时域资源位置的方式。其中,0对应终端设备采用方式1解析时域资源位置,1对应终端设备采用方式2解析时域资源位置。或者,1对应终端设备采用方式1解析时域资源位置,0对应终端设备采用方式2解析时域资源位置。也就是说,可以利用1比特的字段指示S的含义是相对位置还是绝对位置。应理解,具体如何指示,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, a 1-bit field is used to instruct the terminal device to parse the time domain resource location. Among them, 0 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 1 to resolve the time domain resource location, and 1 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 2 to resolve the time domain resource location. Or, 1 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 1 to resolve the time domain resource location, and 0 corresponds to the terminal device using mode 2 to resolve the time domain resource location. In other words, a 1-bit field can be used to indicate whether the meaning of S is a relative position or an absolute position. It should be understood that the specific instructions are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的实现方式,该第二指示信息为隐式指示。In another possible implementation manner, the second indication information is an implicit indication.
示例性地,可以对COT起始的一个或多个slot内的mini-slot采用方式1,对于COT其它位置mini-slot或完整slot(full slot)还是采用方式2。Exemplarily, method 1 may be adopted for mini-slots in one or more slots at the beginning of COT, and method 2 may be adopted for mini-slots or full slots (full slots) in other positions of COT.
换句话说,终端设备可以检测DCI的位置,通过DCI的位置判断该mini-slot是否位于COT起始的一个或多个slot内,如果是,则终端设备采用方式1解析时域资源位置;如果不是,则终端设备采用方式2解析时域资源位置。In other words, the terminal device can detect the location of the DCI, and determine whether the mini-slot is located in one or more slots at the beginning of the COT based on the location of the DCI. If so, the terminal device uses Method 1 to resolve the time domain resource location; If no, the terminal device uses method 2 to resolve the time domain resource location.
下面将详细介绍步骤910中终端设备确定S和L的方式。The manner in which the terminal device determines S and L in step 910 will be described in detail below.
下面分两种情况说明。There are two scenarios below.
情况1:组播公共物理下行控制信道(group common physical downlink control channel,GC PDCCH)所占的时域资源和/或终端设备专用物理下行控制信道PDCCH(UE-specific PDCCH)所占的时域资源包括完整的符号的情况。Case 1: Multicast common physical downlink control channel (group common physical downlink control channel, GC PDCCH) occupied time domain resources and/or terminal equipment dedicated physical downlink control channel PDCCH (UE-specific PDCCH) occupied time domain resources Including complete symbols.
或者,也可以理解为,在该情况下,PDCCH和PDSCH不占相同的符号,如图10所示,CORESET占完整的一个符号。如上文所述,CORESET可用于承载调度信息,CORESET占完整的一个符号,即表示PDCCH占完整的一个符号。Or, it can also be understood that, in this case, PDCCH and PDSCH do not occupy the same symbol. As shown in FIG. 10, CORESET occupies a complete symbol. As mentioned above, CORESET can be used to carry scheduling information. CORESET occupies one complete symbol, which means that PDCCH occupies one complete symbol.
在该情况下,S大于1或等于1。In this case, S is greater than one or equal to one.
示例性地,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始序号S可以为(T+Δ)。Exemplarily, the starting sequence number S of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH may be (T+Δ).
T表示用于传输DCI的时域资源的长度,例如持续的符号数;Δ表示一个大于0或等于0的整数,例如Δ=0、1、2、3……。Δ可以是预先规定的,也可以是网络设备配置的,或者也可以是网络设备指示给终端设备的,对此不做限定。T represents the length of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI, such as the number of continuous symbols; Δ represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, such as Δ=0, 1, 2, 3.... Δ can be pre-defined, configured by the network device, or instructed by the network device to the terminal device, which is not limited.
下面结合图10中的(1)至(3)三种场景示例性说明。The following is an exemplary description with reference to the three scenarios (1) to (3) in FIG. 10.
例如,当用于传输DCI的时域资源为1个符号时,即T为1,S为(1+Δ)。一种可能的实现方式,Δ为0,此时S为1,也就是说,mini-slot从第二个符号开始,或者,也可以理解为,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源从第二个符号开始。如图10中的(1)所示,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源从第二个符号开始。S可以相当于PDCCH的持续时间,L为传输PDSCH的符号数,mini-slot的持续时间相当于是PDCCH的持续时间加上PDSCH的持续时间,故mini-slot的持续时间为(S+L)。如对于持续时间为2符号的mini-slot, 当DCI持续1个符号时,L取值为1;对于持续时间为4符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续1个符号时,L取值为3;对于持续时间为7符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续1个符号时,L取值为6。For example, when the time domain resource used to transmit DCI is 1 symbol, that is, T is 1, and S is (1+Δ). A possible implementation, Δ is 0, and S is 1, that is to say, the mini-slot starts from the second symbol, or it can also be understood that the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the second Symbol start. As shown in (1) in FIG. 10, the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the second symbol. S can be equivalent to the duration of the PDCCH, L is the number of symbols to transmit PDSCH, and the duration of the mini-slot is equivalent to the duration of the PDCCH plus the duration of the PDSCH, so the duration of the mini-slot is (S+L). For example, for a mini-slot with a duration of 2 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 1 symbol, the value of L is 1; for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 1 symbol, the value of L is 3 ; For a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 1 symbol, the value of L is 6.
又如,当用于传输DCI的时域资源为2个符号时,即T为2,S为(2+Δ)。一种可能的实现方式,Δ为0,此时S为2,也就是说,mini-slot从第三个符号开始,或者,也可以理解为,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源从第三个符号开始。如图10中的(2)所示,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源从第三个符号开始。mini-slot的持续时间为(S+L)。如对于持续时间为2符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续2个符号时,L取值为0;对于持续时间为4符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续2个符号时,L取值为2;对于持续时间为7符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续2个符号时,L取值为5。For another example, when the time domain resource used to transmit DCI is 2 symbols, that is, T is 2, and S is (2+Δ). A possible implementation manner, Δ is 0, at this time S is 2, that is to say, the mini-slot starts from the third symbol, or it can also be understood that the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the third symbol Symbol start. As shown in (2) in FIG. 10, the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the third symbol. The duration of mini-slot is (S+L). For example, for a mini-slot with a duration of 2 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 2 symbols, the value of L is 0; for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 2 symbols, the value of L is 2 ; For a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 2 symbols, the value of L is 5.
又如,当用于传输DCI的时域资源为3个符号时,即T为3,S为(3+Δ)。一种可能的实现方式,Δ为0,此时S为3,也就是说,mini-slot从第四个符号开始,或者,也可以理解为,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源从第四个符号开始。如图10中的(3)所示,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源从第四个符号开始。mini-slot的持续时间为(S+L)。如对于持续时间为2符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续2个符号时,L取值为0;对于持续时间为4符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续3个符号时,L取值为1;对于持续时间为7符号的mini-slot,当DCI持续3个符号时,L取值为4。For another example, when the time domain resources used to transmit DCI are 3 symbols, that is, T is 3 and S is (3+Δ). A possible implementation manner, Δ is 0, and S is 3 at this time. That is to say, the mini-slot starts from the fourth symbol, or it can also be understood that the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH start from the fourth symbol. Symbol start. As shown in (3) in FIG. 10, the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH start from the fourth symbol. The duration of mini-slot is (S+L). For example, for a mini-slot with a duration of 2 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 2 symbols, the value of L is 0; for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 3 symbols, the value of L is 1 ; For a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, when the DCI lasts for 3 symbols, the value of L is 4.
上述以Δ为0进行了示例性说明,应理解,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如Δ可以大于0,也就是说,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源和用于传输DCI的时域资源可能不相邻。例如,用于传输PDSCH的时域资源可以与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间预留一部分资源供其它信号使用等等。The foregoing exemplified description with Δ being 0. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. For example, Δ may be greater than 0, that is, the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain used to transmit DCI The resources may not be adjacent. For example, the time domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI may reserve a part of resources for use by other signals, and so on.
在情况1中,用于传输DCI的时域资源不同时,与DCI对应的PDSCH也相应地在不同的位置。因为S表示DCI与PDSCH之间的相对位置关系,故S的值不会发送变化,因此也就不需要当mini-slot出现在不同位置(即用于传输PDSCH的起始位置不同时)而更新DCI。In case 1, when the time domain resources used to transmit the DCI are different, the PDSCH corresponding to the DCI is also in a different position accordingly. Because S represents the relative positional relationship between DCI and PDSCH, the value of S will not change, so there is no need to update the mini-slot when it appears in different positions (that is, when the starting position for transmitting PDSCH is different) DCI.
可选地,终端设备还可以确定用于传输PDSCH的频域资源。Optionally, the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源可以为:1个或多个20MHz的频域带宽。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH may be: one or more 20 MHz frequency domain bandwidths.
考虑到LBT一般以20MHz的粒度进行,所以可以预先规定其频域资源占满1个或多个20MHz的频域带宽。此时,DCI中的频域指示信息可以为:指示1个或多个20MHz的频域带宽,因此DCI中的频域指示信息可以简化,或者,可以不需要使用频域指示信息,则原用于指示频域的频域指示信息可用于其它与LBT相关的指示。Considering that LBT is generally performed at a granularity of 20 MHz, it can be specified in advance that its frequency domain resources occupy one or more frequency domain bandwidths of 20 MHz. At this time, the frequency domain indication information in the DCI can be: indicating one or more 20MHz frequency domain bandwidths, so the frequency domain indication information in the DCI can be simplified, or the frequency domain indication information may not need to be used. The frequency domain indication information in the indication frequency domain can be used for other LBT-related indications.
基于上述情况1,用于传输DCI的时域资源不同时,与DCI对应的PDSCH也相应地在不同的位置。因为S表示DCI与PDSCH之间的相对位置关系,故S的值不会发送变化,因此也就不需要当mini-slot出现在不同位置(即用于传输PDSCH的起始位置不同时)而更新DCI,进而可以节省资源和信令开销,降低传输时延。Based on the above situation 1, when the time domain resources used to transmit the DCI are different, the PDSCH corresponding to the DCI is also in a different position accordingly. Because S represents the relative positional relationship between DCI and PDSCH, the value of S will not change, so there is no need to update the mini-slot when it appears in different positions (that is, when the starting position for transmitting PDSCH is different) DCI, in turn, can save resources and signaling overhead, and reduce transmission delay.
情况2:GC-PDCCH所占的时域资源和/或UE-specific PDCCH所占的时域资源没有占据完整的符号的情况。Case 2: The time domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and/or the UE-specific time domain resources occupied by the PDCCH do not occupy complete symbols.
或者,也可以理解为,在该情况下,PDCCH和PDSCH在同一符号进行传输,也就 是说,用于传输PDCCH的时域资源和用于传输PDSCH的时域资源部分或全部重叠。如图11所示,CORESET和PDSCH在同一符号进行传输。Or, it can also be understood that in this case, the PDCCH and PDSCH are transmitted on the same symbol, that is, the time domain resources used to transmit the PDCCH and the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH partially or completely overlap. As shown in Figure 11, CORESET and PDSCH are transmitted in the same symbol.
由于PDSCH总是从第一个符号开始进行发送,故在该情况下,S等于0。在该情况下,L等于mini-slot的持续符号数。例如,对于持续时间为2符号的mini-slot,L取值为2,即S+L等于mini-slot的持续符号数2。又如,对于持续时间为4符号的mini-slot,L取值为4,即S+L等于mini-slot的持续符号数4。又如,对于持续时间为7符号的mini-slot,L取值为7,即S+L等于mini-slot的持续符号数7。Since the PDSCH is always transmitted from the first symbol, in this case, S is equal to 0. In this case, L is equal to the number of continuous symbols of the mini-slot. For example, for a mini-slot with a duration of 2 symbols, the value of L is 2, that is, S+L is equal to the number of continuous symbols of the mini-slot 2. For another example, for a mini-slot with a duration of 4 symbols, the value of L is 4, that is, S+L is equal to the number of continuous symbols 4 of the mini-slot. For another example, for a mini-slot with a duration of 7 symbols, the value of L is 7, that is, S+L is equal to the number of continuous symbols of the mini-slot 7.
可选地,在该情况下,终端设备可以获取第一指示信息,以确定用于传输PDSCH的频域资源。Optionally, in this case, the terminal device may obtain the first indication information to determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH.
也可以理解为,考虑到PDSCH和PDCCH在同一符号进行传输,终端设备需要获取用于传输PDSCH的频域资源的位置,从而获取用于传输PDSCH的时频域资源。It can also be understood that, considering that the PDSCH and the PDCCH are transmitted on the same symbol, the terminal device needs to obtain the position of the frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH, so as to obtain the time-frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH.
该第一指示信息可以携带于DCI中,也就是说,网络设备可以通过DCI向终端设备指示用于传输PDSCH的频域资源。如可以在PDCCH指令的基础上增加字段,如y比特的字段,y为大于或等于1的整数,通过该增加的字段来指示终端设备,同一个符号中,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输PDCCH的频域资源不重叠。The first indication information may be carried in the DCI, that is, the network device may indicate the frequency domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH to the terminal device through the DCI. For example, a field can be added on the basis of the PDCCH command, such as a y-bit field, where y is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal device is indicated by the added field. In the same symbol, the frequency domain resource used to transmit PDSCH is The frequency domain resources used to transmit PDCCH do not overlap.
其中,该第一指示信息可以是显示指示,也可以是隐式指示,对此不做限定。下面结合几种场景进行说明。The first indication information may be a display indication or an implicit indication, which is not limited. The following is a description of several scenarios.
在情况2下,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输PDCCH的频域资源不重叠,下面结合4种场景示例性说明。In case 2, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDCCH do not overlap. The following is an exemplary description with reference to 4 scenarios.
场景1:UE-specific PDCCH在GC-PDCCH CORESET中传输。Scenario 1: UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted in GC-PDCCH CORESET.
在该场景下,第一指示信息可以用于指示:用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠。In this scenario, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used for PDSCH transmission and the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH do not overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息可以为一种预设规则(如默认的规则或者说协议规定的规则),可以理解为隐式指示。也就是说,UE-specific PDCCH在GC-PDCCH CORESET中传输时,可以规定GC-PDCCH CORESET的传输资源不会用于PDSCH传输。在该实现方式下,终端设备获取该第一指示信息可以理解为,终端设备根据预设规则确定PDSCH在同一个符号中不与GC-PDCCH CORESET的传输资源重叠的频域位置发送。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication. That is to say, when UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted in GC-PDCCH CORESET, it can be specified that the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET will not be used for PDSCH transmission. In this implementation manner, acquiring the first indication information by the terminal device can be understood to mean that the terminal device determines that the PDSCH is transmitted at a frequency domain location that does not overlap the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol according to a preset rule.
又一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息也可以是网络设备发送给终端设备的,可以理解为显示指示。终端设备接收该第一指示信息,根据该第一指示信息确定PDSCH在同一个符号中不与GC-PDCCH CORESET的传输资源重叠的频域位置发送。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication. The terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the PDSCH is transmitted at a frequency domain position that does not overlap the transmission resource of the GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol.
场景2:UE-specific PDCCH在GC-PDCCH CORESET外传输。Scenario 2: UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted outside GC-PDCCH CORESET.
在该场景下,第一指示信息可以用于指示:用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及UE-specific PDCCH所占的频域资源,均不重叠。In this scenario, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used for PDSCH transmission, the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the frequency domain resources occupied by the UE-specific PDCCH do not overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息可以为一种预设规则(如默认的规则或者说协议规定的规则),可以理解为隐式指示。也就是说,UE-specific PDCCH在GC-PDCCH CORESET外传输时,可以规定GC-PDCCH CORESET的传输资源和UE-specific PDCCH的传输资源均不会用于PDSCH传输。在该实现方式下,终端设备获取该第一指示信息可以理解为,终端设备根据预设规则确定PDSCH在同一个符号中不与GC-PDCCH CORESET的传输资源重叠、且同时不与UE-specific PDCCH的传输资源重叠的频域位置 发送。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication. In other words, when UE-specific PDCCH is transmitted outside GC-PDCCH CORESET, it can be specified that neither the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET nor the transmission resource of UE-specific PDCCH will be used for PDSCH transmission. In this implementation manner, the terminal device acquiring the first indication information can be understood as the terminal device determining according to preset rules that the PDSCH does not overlap with the transmission resources of GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol, and does not overlap with the UE-specific PDCCH at the same time. The transmission resources overlap the frequency domain position.
又一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息也可以是网络设备发送给终端设备的,可以理解为显示指示。终端设备接收该第一指示信息,根据该第一指示信息确定PDSCH在同一个符号中不与GC-PDCCH CORESET的传输资源重叠、且同时不与UE-specific PDCCH的传输资源重叠的频域位置发送。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication. The terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines according to the first indication information that the PDSCH does not overlap with the transmission resource of GC-PDCCH CORESET in the same symbol, and at the same time does not overlap with the transmission resource of UE-specific PDCCH, and transmits .
场景3:GC-PDCCH的传输资源固定。Scenario 3: The transmission resource of GC-PDCCH is fixed.
在该场景下,第一指示信息可以用于指示:用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源之外的资源。In this scenario, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH.
一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息可以为一种预设规则(如默认的规则或者说协议规定的规则),可以理解为隐式指示。也就是说,GC-PDCCH的传输资源固定时,可以规定GC-PDCCH的传输资源之外的其它所有资源都可以进行PDSCH的传输。在该实现方式下,终端设备获取该第一指示信息可以理解为,终端设备根据预设规则确定PDSCH的传输资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源之外的资源。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication. In other words, when the transmission resource of the GC-PDCCH is fixed, it can be specified that all resources other than the transmission resource of the GC-PDCCH can be used for PDSCH transmission. In this implementation manner, acquiring the first indication information by the terminal device can be understood as that the terminal device determines that the transmission resource of the PDSCH is a resource other than the frequency domain resource occupied by the GC-PDCCH according to a preset rule.
又一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息也可以是网络设备发送给终端设备的,可以理解为显示指示。终端设备接收该第一指示信息,根据该第一指示信息确定PDSCH的传输资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源之外的资源。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication. The terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the transmission resource of the PDSCH is a resource other than the frequency domain resource occupied by the GC-PDCCH.
在该场景下,GC-PDCCH的传输资源,可以是网络设备指示给终端设备的,也可以是终端设备和网络设备约定好的,对此,不做限定。In this scenario, the transmission resource of the GC-PDCCH may be instructed by the network device to the terminal device, or may be agreed upon between the terminal device and the network device, which is not limited.
场景4:没有传输GC-PDCCH。Scenario 4: GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
在该场景下,第一指示信息可以用于指示:用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与UE-specific PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠。In this scenario, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the frequency domain resources used for PDSCH transmission and the frequency domain resources occupied by the UE-specific PDCCH do not overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息可以为一种预设规则(如默认的规则或者说协议规定的规则),可以理解为隐式指示。也就是说,不传输GC-PDCCH时,可以规定UE-specific PDCCH的传输资源不会用于PDSCH传输。在该实现方式下,终端设备获取该第一指示信息可以理解为,终端设备根据预设规则确定PDSCH在同一个符号中不与UE-specific PDCCH的传输资源重叠的频域位置发送。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be a preset rule (such as a default rule or a rule stipulated by an agreement), which may be understood as an implicit indication. In other words, when the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted, it can be specified that the transmission resources of the UE-specific PDCCH will not be used for PDSCH transmission. In this implementation manner, acquiring the first indication information by the terminal device may be understood to mean that the terminal device determines according to a preset rule that the PDSCH is transmitted at a frequency domain location that does not overlap the transmission resource of the UE-specific PDCCH in the same symbol.
又一种可能的实现方式,该第一指示信息也可以是网络设备发送给终端设备的,可以理解为显示指示。终端设备接收该第一指示信息,根据该第一指示信息确定PDSCH在同一个符号中不与UE-specific PDCCH的传输资源重叠的频域位置发送。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information may also be sent by the network device to the terminal device, and may be understood as a display indication. The terminal device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the PDSCH is sent at a frequency domain position that does not overlap the transmission resource of the UE-specific PDCCH in the same symbol.
可选地,该场景下,UE-specific PDCCH还可以包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的第一指示信息。Optionally, in this scenario, the UE-specific PDCCH may also include first indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
上述示例性地介绍了在情况2下,终端设备确定PDSCH的频域资源的方式,应理解,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得终端设备确定PDSCH的频域资源的方式都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。例如,网络设备可以指示终端设备PDSCH的频域资源与UE-specific PDCCH的频域资源之间的相对位置,基于该相对位置,终端设备也可以确定PDSCH的频域资源。The foregoing exemplarily introduces the method for the terminal device to determine the frequency domain resource of the PDSCH in case 2. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and any method that enables the terminal device to determine the frequency domain resource of the PDSCH falls within It falls into the protection scope of the embodiments of this application. For example, the network device may indicate the relative position between the frequency domain resource of the PDSCH of the terminal device and the frequency domain resource of the UE-specific PDCCH, and based on the relative position, the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resource of the PDSCH.
基于上述情况2,当mini-slot出现在slot内不同位置时不需要进行DCI时域指示信息的更新,从而可以节省信令开销。此外,在上述情况2中,还提供了当PDSCH和PDCCH承载于相同的符号上时,进行速率匹配的方式,即可以基于频域资源解析的方法,确定用 于传输PDSCH的时域资源。Based on the above situation 2, when the mini-slot appears in different positions in the slot, there is no need to update the DCI time domain indication information, which can save signaling overhead. In addition, in case 2 above, it also provides a way to perform rate matching when the PDSCH and PDCCH are carried on the same symbol, that is, to determine the time domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH based on the frequency domain resource analysis method.
可选地,终端设备可以根据以下一项或多项确定用于传输PDSCH的时频资源的位置:用于传输同步信号块(SS block,SSB)的时频资源、用于传输信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal,CSI-RS)的时频资源、用于传输寻呼(paging)的时频资源、或用于解调PDSCH的解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)的时频资源。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the position of the time-frequency resource used to transmit the PDSCH according to one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block (SS block, SSB), and the channel state information reference Signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS) time-frequency resources, time-frequency resources used to transmit paging (paging), or demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) used to demodulate PDSCH Time-frequency resources.
下面以PDSCH为剩余最小系统消息(remaining minimum system information,RMSI)PDSCH为例,结合图12至图14进行示例性说明。The following takes the PDSCH as the remaining minimum system information (RMSI) PDSCH as an example, and exemplifies the description with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.
对于不同的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS),例如,15kHz和30kHz,对应的符号长度是不同的。例如,子载波间隔为15KHz对应的RMSI CORESET在频域上一般占据48RB,在时域上一般占据1个符号;子载波间隔为30KHz对应的RMSI CORESET在频域上一般占据96RB,在时域上一般占据2个符号。此外,20MHz的频域带宽中,15KHz或30KHz子载波可以对应51个可用子载波或106个可用子载波。For different subcarrier spacing (SCS), for example, 15kHz and 30kHz, the corresponding symbol length is different. For example, RMSI CORESET corresponding to a sub-carrier spacing of 15KHz generally occupies 48 RB in the frequency domain and 1 symbol in the time domain; RMSI CORESET corresponding to a sub-carrier spacing of 30KHz generally occupies 96 RB in the frequency domain, and in the time domain Generally occupy 2 symbols. In addition, in the 20MHz frequency domain bandwidth, 15KHz or 30KHz subcarriers can correspond to 51 available subcarriers or 106 available subcarriers.
首先结合图12和图13介绍一种发送RMSI PDSCH、RMSI CORESET、SSB的方法。Firstly, a method of sending RMSI PDSCH, RMSI CORESET, and SSB is introduced in conjunction with Figure 12 and Figure 13.
先介绍一下SSB,在某些情况下,SSB也可以称为同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SS/PBCH block)。SSB:在时域上,一个SSB可由4个OFDM符号组成,在频域上,一个SSB例如可由240个连续的子载波组成,即,20个连续的RB。Let me introduce SSB first. In some cases, SSB can also be called synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block). SSB: In the time domain, one SSB can be composed of 4 OFDM symbols. In the frequency domain, one SSB can be composed of, for example, 240 continuous subcarriers, that is, 20 continuous RBs.
SSB可理解为用于传输SS和/或PBCH的一块资源。网络设备可在该资源上发送PBCH和同步信号,也可以在该资源内仅发送PBCH或仅发送同步信号。其中,同步信号可包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)和辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)。SSB can be understood as a block of resources used to transmit SS and/or PBCH. The network device can send the PBCH and synchronization signal on the resource, or only send the PBCH or only the synchronization signal in the resource. Among them, the synchronization signal may include a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (secondary synchronization signal, SSS).
在某一个时隙中,SSB可能占用的符号为{2,3,4,5}、{8,9,10,11}、以及{9,10,11,12},具体可如图12和图13中所示。In a certain time slot, the symbols that SSB may occupy are {2, 3, 4, 5}, {8, 9, 10, 11}, and {9, 10, 11, 12}, as shown in Figure 12 and Shown in Figure 13.
需要说明的是,图12和图13仅为便于理解SSB占用的符号所示意,不应对本申请构成任何限定。应理解,图13中的自由填充部分,可以用于传输上行数据和/或下行数据,对此不做限定。It should be noted that FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 are only the meaning of the symbols used to facilitate understanding of the SSB, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. It should be understood that the free padding part in FIG. 13 can be used to transmit uplink data and/or downlink data, which is not limited.
如图12所示,SSB和RMSI PDSCH可能共存于相同符号,如图12中(1)所示的符号{2,3,4,5};或,SSB、RMSI PDSCH、以及CSI-RS可能共存于相同符号,如图12中(1)所示的符号{8,9,10,11}或图12中(2)所示的符号{9,10,11,12}。如图13所示,SSB和RMSI PDSCH可能共存于相同符号,如图13中所示的符号{2,3,4,5};或,SSB、RMSI PDSCH、以及CSI-RS可能共存于相同符号,如图13中所示的符号{8,9,10,11}。也就是说,SSB、RMSI PDSCH、CSI-RS的传输资源可能有重叠。在这种情况下,终端设备确定RMSI PDSCH的传输资源时需要考虑SSB、CSI-RS等的传输资源,即需要进行速率匹配。其中,传输资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源。下面从时域资源和频域资源方面示例性说明。As shown in Figure 12, SSB and RMSI PDSCH may coexist in the same symbol, as shown in (1) in Figure 12, the symbol {2, 3, 4, 5}; or, SSB, RMSI PDSCH, and CSI-RS may coexist For the same symbols, the symbols {8, 9, 10, 11} shown in (1) in FIG. 12 or the symbols {9, 10, 11, 12} shown in (2) in FIG. As shown in Figure 13, SSB and RMSI PDSCH may coexist in the same symbol, as shown in Figure 13 with symbols {2, 3, 4, 5}; or, SSB, RMSI PDSCH, and CSI-RS may coexist in the same symbol , The symbol {8,9,10,11} as shown in Figure 13. In other words, the transmission resources of SSB, RMSI PDSCH, and CSI-RS may overlap. In this case, the terminal device needs to consider transmission resources such as SSB and CSI-RS when determining the transmission resource of the RMSI PDSCH, that is, it needs to perform rate matching. Wherein, the transmission resources include time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources. The following is an exemplary description from the perspective of time domain resources and frequency domain resources.
频域资源Frequency domain resources
结合图12中(1)所示的情况示例性说明。An example is described in conjunction with the situation shown in (1) in FIG. 12.
如图12中(1)所示,SSB和RMSI PDSCH共存于相同符号{2,3,4,5}时。那么 在符号{2,3,4,5}上,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输SSB的频域资源以外的资源。如图12中(1)所示,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输PSS、PBCH、以及SSS的频域资源不重叠。换句话说,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输PSS、PBCH、以及SSS的频域资源之外的频域资源。或者,也可以理解为,对于一段频域资源,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为该段频域资源上除了用于传输PSS、PBCH、以及SSS的频域资源之外的频域资源。As shown in (1) in Figure 12, SSB and RMSI PDSCH coexist with the same symbol {2, 3, 4, 5}. Then, on the symbols {2, 3, 4, 5}, the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH are resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB. As shown in (1) in FIG. 12, the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS do not overlap. In other words, the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH are frequency domain resources other than those used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS. Alternatively, it can also be understood that, for a section of frequency domain resources, the frequency domain resources used for transmitting PDSCH are frequency domain resources on the section of frequency domain resources except for frequency domain resources used for transmitting PSS, PBCH, and SSS.
如图12中(1)所示,SSB和RMSI PDSCH共存于相同符号{8,9,10,11}时。那么在符号{8,9,10,11}上,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输SSB的频域资源以外的资源。如图12中(1)所示,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输PSS、PBCH、以及SSS的频域资源不重叠。换句话说,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输PSS、PBCH、以及SSS的频域资源之外的频域资源。或者,也可以理解为,对于某段频域资源,用于传输PDSCH的频域资源为该段频域资源上除了用于传输PSS、PBCH、以及SSS的频域资源之外的频域资源。As shown in (1) in Figure 12, SSB and RMSI PDSCH coexist at the same symbol {8, 9, 10, 11}. Then on the symbols {8, 9, 10, 11}, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit the SSB. As shown in (1) in FIG. 12, the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS do not overlap. In other words, the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH are frequency domain resources other than those used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS. Or, it can also be understood that, for a certain segment of frequency domain resources, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the PDSCH are frequency domain resources on the segment of frequency domain resources except for the frequency domain resources used to transmit PSS, PBCH, and SSS.
其中,用于传输SSB的频域资源固定,故网络设备可以不向终端设备进行指示。Among them, the frequency domain resources used to transmit the SSB are fixed, so the network device may not indicate to the terminal device.
时域资源Time domain resources
在一种可能的场景下,一个slot内最多可以发送2个SSB和相应的RMSI。由一个SSB和相应的RMSI组成的发现参考信号(discovery reference signal,DRS)块的持续时间可以为7个符号。当1个符号或2个符号用于传输RMSI CORESET时,RMSI PDSCH可以占用5个符号或6个符号。或者,当RMSI CORESET承载于1个符号或2个符号上时,RMSI PDSCH可以承载于5个符号或6个符号上。在这种情况下,非授权通信系统中可以支持长度为5个符号的mini-slot和/或6个符号的mini-slot。In a possible scenario, at most 2 SSBs and corresponding RMSI can be sent in a slot. The discovery reference signal (discovery reference signal, DRS) block composed of one SSB and the corresponding RMSI can have a duration of 7 symbols. When 1 symbol or 2 symbols are used to transmit RMSI CORESET, RMSI PDSCH can occupy 5 symbols or 6 symbols. Alternatively, when the RMSI CORESET is carried on 1 symbol or 2 symbols, the RMSI PDSCH can be carried on 5 symbols or 6 symbols. In this case, the unauthorized communication system can support a mini-slot with a length of 5 symbols and/or a mini-slot with 6 symbols.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
下面结合两种情况说明。The following two scenarios are combined.
情况A:RMSI PDSCH不在RMSI PDCCH(如可以记为CORESET 0)出现的符号传输。Case A: RMSI PDSCH is not transmitted in symbols that appear on RMSI PDCCH (for example, it can be recorded as CORESET 0).
类似于图10的情况,此时RMSI PDSCH的时域资源指示方式可以参考上文所述的情况1,例如用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始序号S大于0。具体可以参考情况1的描述,此处不再赘述。Similar to the situation in FIG. 10, the time domain resource indication mode of the RMSI PDSCH at this time can refer to Case 1 described above, for example, the starting sequence number S of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH is greater than 0. For details, refer to the description of Case 1, which will not be repeated here.
RMSI PDSCH在某些符号上可能与SSB、CSI-RS、paging等信道或信号共存,如图12所示。终端设备确定RMSI PDSCH的传输资源时需要考虑SSB、CSI-RS等的传输资源。其中,关于用于传输SSB的时频资源,用于传输SSB的时频资源固定,故不需要进行指示。关于用于传输CSI-RS、paging的时频资源,网络设备可以通过单独的信令,或者通过SSB(或SSB中的PBCH)或RMSI CORESET,指示终端设备用于传输CSI-RS、paging的资源是否存在,以及具体的时域位置。RMSI PDSCH may coexist with channels or signals such as SSB, CSI-RS, and paging on some symbols, as shown in Figure 12. When determining the transmission resources of the RMSI PDSCH, the terminal device needs to consider the transmission resources such as SSB and CSI-RS. Among them, regarding the time-frequency resources used to transmit the SSB, the time-frequency resources used to transmit the SSB are fixed, so no indication is required. Regarding the time-frequency resources used to transmit CSI-RS and paging, the network equipment can instruct the terminal equipment to use the resources for transmitting CSI-RS and paging through separate signaling, or through SSB (or PBCH in SSB) or RMSI CORESET Whether it exists, and the specific time domain location.
在该情况下,L取值例如可以为:7-S、14-S、5-S、6-S、12-S、或13-S等,L的具体取值取决于RMSI持续的符号数为半个slot还是1个slot(14符号)以及可能存在的CSI-RS,paging等信道配置。In this case, the value of L can be, for example, 7-S, 14-S, 5-S, 6-S, 12-S, or 13-S, etc. The specific value of L depends on the number of continuous symbols of the RMSI Is it half a slot or 1 slot (14 symbols) and possible channel configurations such as CSI-RS and paging.
示例性地,可以根据用于传输CSI-RS的时频资源,确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时频资源。Exemplarily, the time-frequency resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH may be determined according to the time-frequency resource used to transmit the CSI-RS.
例如,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源和用于传输CSI-RS的时域资源不重叠。类似于图10的情况,如当RMSI CORESET持续1个符号、第2个符号用于CSI-RS的发送时,可以使RMSI PDSCH承载于第3个符号、或者第4个符号、或者第5个符号、或者第6个符号上中的一个或多个符号。For example, the time domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS do not overlap. Similar to the situation in Figure 10, when the RMSI CORESET lasts for 1 symbol and the second symbol is used for CSI-RS transmission, the RMSI PDSCH can be carried on the third symbol, or the fourth symbol, or the fifth symbol. Symbol, or one or more symbols on the sixth symbol.
又如,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源和用于传输CSI-RS的时域资源重叠。那么用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源和用于传输CSI-RS的频域资源不重叠,终端设备获取到用于传输CSI-RS的频域资源后,可以在用于传输CSI-RS的频域资源之外的资源解析用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。For another example, the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS overlap. Then the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS do not overlap. After the terminal device obtains the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS, it can use the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS. Resource analysis other than domain resources is used to transmit RMSI PDSCH frequency domain resources.
示例性地,可以根据用于传输paging的时域资源,确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源。Exemplarily, the time domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH may be determined according to the time domain resource used to transmit paging.
例如,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源和用于传输paging的时域资源不重叠。如当RMSI CORESET持续1个符号、第2个符号用于paging的发送时,可以使RMSI PDSCH承载于第3个符号、或者第4个符号、或者第5个符号、或者第6个符号上中的一个或多个符号。For example, the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit paging do not overlap. For example, when the RMSI CORESET lasts for 1 symbol and the second symbol is used for paging transmission, the RMSI PDSCH can be carried on the third symbol, or the fourth symbol, or the fifth symbol, or the sixth symbol. Of one or more symbols.
又如,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源和用于传输paging的时域资源重叠。那么用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源和用于传输paging的频域资源不重叠,终端设备获取到用于传输paging的频域资源后,可以在用于传输paging的频域资源之外的资源解析用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。For another example, the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit paging overlap. Then the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging do not overlap. After the terminal device obtains the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging, it can use resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging. Analyze the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH.
示例性地,可以根据用于传输SSB的时域资源,确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源。Exemplarily, the time domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH may be determined according to the time domain resource used to transmit the SSB.
例如,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的时域资源和用于传输SSB的时域资源不重叠。For example, the time domain resources used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH and the time domain resources used to transmit the SSB do not overlap.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
情况B:RMSI PDSCH在RMSI PDCCH(CORESET 0)出现的符号传输。Case B: The symbol transmission of RMSI PDSCH in RMSI PDCCH (CORESET 0).
此时RMSI PDSCH的时域资源指示方式可以参考上文所述的情况2,即用于传输PDSCH的时域资源的起始序号S为0。具体可以参考情况2的描述。At this time, the time domain resource indication mode of the RMSI PDSCH can refer to the case 2 described above, that is, the starting sequence number S of the time domain resource used to transmit the PDSCH is 0. For details, refer to the description of Case 2.
同样,RMSI PDSCH还可能会在某些符号上与SSB、CSI-RS、paging等信道或信号共存,其中SSB时频资源固定不需要进行指示,CSI-RS、paging资源是否存在以及具体的时域位置可以指示给终端设备,如通过在SSB或RMSI CORESET中进行指示,终端设备根据上述信息获取RMSI PDSCH实际占用的时频资源位置。Similarly, RMSI PDSCH may also coexist with channels or signals such as SSB, CSI-RS, and paging on certain symbols. Among them, SSB time-frequency resources are fixed and do not need to be indicated. Whether CSI-RS and paging resources exist and the specific time domain The location can be indicated to the terminal device. For example, by indicating in the SSB or RMSI CORESET, the terminal device obtains the time-frequency resource location actually occupied by the RMSI PDSCH according to the above information.
在该情况下,L取值可能为:7-S、14-S、5-S、6-S、12-S、或13-S,L具体的取值取决于RMSI PDCCH持续的符号数为半个slot还是1个slot(14符号)以及可能存在的CSI-RS,paging等信道配置。In this case, the value of L may be: 7-S, 14-S, 5-S, 6-S, 12-S, or 13-S. The specific value of L depends on the number of continuous symbols of RMSI PDCCH: Half a slot is still 1 slot (14 symbols) and possible channel configurations such as CSI-RS and paging.
可选地,在该情况下,终端设备可以获取第三指示信息,以确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。Optionally, in this case, the terminal device may obtain the third indication information to determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH.
也就是说,在该情况下,终端设备还需要知道RMSI PDSCH在第一个符号和/或第二个符号(即RMSI PDSCH与RMSI CORESET共存符号)中出现的频域资源。That is to say, in this case, the terminal device also needs to know the frequency domain resources of the RMSI PDSCH in the first symbol and/or the second symbol (ie, the RMSI PDSCH and the RMSI CORESET coexistence symbol).
终端设备获取第三指示信息,根据第三指示信息确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源的位置。该第三指示信息,或者说,该频域资源的信息,可以是预先规定的,如可以直接由标准给出;或者,也可以是在DCI或PBCH中进行指示。The terminal device obtains the third indication information, and determines the location of the frequency domain resource used for transmitting the RMSI PDSCH according to the third indication information. The third indication information, or the frequency domain resource information, may be pre-defined, for example, it may be directly given by a standard; or, it may be indicated in the DCI or PBCH.
示例性地,终端设备可以根据用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源,确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI and PDSCH according to the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI and CORESET.
例如,第三指示信息可以指示用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源不重叠,那么,终端设备获知用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源后,可以根据该第三指示信息确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源不重叠,也就是说,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源之外的资源。For example, the third indication information may indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH do not overlap with the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET. Then, after the terminal device learns the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, it may 3. The indication information determines that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET do not overlap, that is, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH are among the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET External resources.
示例性地,终端设备可以根据用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源和用于传输SSB的频域资源,确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit RMSI and PDSCH according to the frequency domain resource used to transmit RMSI and CORESET and the frequency domain resource used to transmit SSB.
例如,第三指示信息可以指示用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输SSB的频域资源、以及用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源均不重叠,那么,终端设备获知用于传输SSB的频域资源和用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源后,可以根据该第三指示信息确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输SSB的频域资源以及用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源均不重叠,也就是说,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源、以及用于传输SSB的频域资源之外的资源。For example, the third indication information may indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH do not overlap with the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET. Then, the terminal device knows that it is used to transmit SSB After the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH, the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB, and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET can be determined according to the third indication information. None of the domain resources overlap, that is, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI and PDSCH are the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET and resources other than the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB.
示例性地,终端设备可以根据用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源,和,用于传输CSI-RS和/或paging的频域资源,确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine the frequency domain resource used for transmitting RMSI and PDSCH according to the frequency domain resource used for transmitting RMSI and CORESET and the frequency domain resource used for transmitting CSI-RS and/or paging.
例如,第三指示信息可以指示用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输CSI-RS和/或paging的频域资源、以及用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源均不重叠,那么,终端设备获知用于传输CSI-RS和/或paging的频域资源和用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源后,可以根据该第三指示信息确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与用于传输CSI-RS和/或paging的频域资源以及用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源均不重叠,也就是说,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源为用于传输RMSI CORESET的频域资源、以及用于传输CSI-RS和/或paging的频域资源之外的资源。For example, the third indication information may indicate that the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH do not overlap with the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS and/or paging, and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET. Then, the terminal After the device learns the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI-RS and/or paging and the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, it can determine the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH and the frequency domain resources used to transmit CSI according to the third indication information. -RS and/or paging frequency domain resources and frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET do not overlap, that is, frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH are frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI CORESET, and Resources other than frequency domain resources for transmitting CSI-RS and/or paging.
上述示例性地介绍了在情况B下,终端设备确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源的方式,应理解,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得终端设备确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源的方式都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。例如,网络设备可以指示终端设备RMSI PDSCH的频域资源与RMSI CORESET的频域资源之间的相对位置,基于该相对位置,终端设备也可以确定RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。The foregoing exemplarily introduces the manner in which the terminal device determines the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH in case B. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and any terminal device can determine to transmit the RMSI PDSCH All of the frequency domain resource modes fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application. For example, the network device may indicate the relative position between the frequency domain resource of the RMSI PDSCH of the terminal device and the frequency domain resource of the RMSI CORESET, and based on the relative position, the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resource of the RMSI PDSCH.
可选地,终端设备还可以根据用于解调PDSCH的解调参考信号DMRS的时频资源确定用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源。Optionally, the terminal device may also determine the frequency domain resource used to transmit the RMSI PDSCH according to the time-frequency resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH.
用于物理共享信道的解调参考信号(PDSCH DMRS)的映射方式,例如包括映射类型A(mapping type A)和映射类型B(mapping type B)。对于映射类型B的PDSCH DMRS如图13所示。如图13所示,PDSCH DMRS的位置有多种可能的情况。图13中的(1)示例性地示出了PDSCH DMRS占单符号(single-symbol)时的几种可能的位置,图13中的(2)示例性地示出了PDSCH DMRS占双符号(double-symbol)时的几种可能的位置。The mapping mode of the demodulation reference signal (PDSCH DMRS) used for the physical shared channel includes, for example, mapping type A (mapping type A) and mapping type B (mapping type B). Figure 13 shows the PDSCH DMRS of mapping type B. As shown in Figure 13, there are many possible scenarios for the location of PDSCH DMRS. (1) in Fig. 13 exemplarily shows several possible positions when PDSCH DMRS occupies a single-symbol, and (2) in Fig. 13 exemplarily shows PDSCH DMRS occupies a double symbol ( Several possible positions for double-symbol).
对于映射类型为type B的PDSCH,如果PDSCH与为GC-PDCCH配置的CORESET在相同的符号上发送,则PDSCH将根据配置的CORESET进行速率匹配。此外,当为GC-PDCCH分配的时域资源或频率资源为固定资源时,CORESET子集(如果存在)将被 打孔用于PDSCH分配。另外,如果PDSCH与为GC-PDCCH配置的CORESET在相同的符号上发送,则用于解调PDSCH的DMRS不在该符号上发送。用于解调PDSCH的DMRS的时间位置将被后移(或调换至其他符号)。例如,当1符号CORESET被配置用于2符号mini-slot时,用于解调PDSCH的DMRS可以在mini-slot的第二个符号上发送;当1符号或2符号CORESET被配置用于4个符号mini-slot时,用于解调PDSCH的DMRS可以在mini-slot的第二个符号或第三个符号上发送。For PDSCH with a mapping type of type B, if the PDSCH and the CORESET configured for GC-PDCCH are sent on the same symbol, the PDSCH will perform rate matching according to the configured CORESET. In addition, when the time domain resources or frequency resources allocated for the GC-PDCCH are fixed resources, the CORESET subset (if any) will be punctured for PDSCH allocation. In addition, if the PDSCH and the CORESET configured for the GC-PDCCH are sent on the same symbol, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH is not sent on this symbol. The time position of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH will be shifted back (or switched to other symbols). For example, when 1-symbol CORESET is configured for 2-slot mini-slot, the DMRS used to demodulate PDSCH can be sent on the second symbol of mini-slot; when 1-symbol or 2-symbol CORESET is configured for 4 When the symbol is mini-slot, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH can be sent on the second or third symbol of the mini-slot.
对于持续时间为2符号、4符号、7符号的RMSI PDSCH而言,第1个符号可以均用来承载RMSI CORESET,当RMSI CORESET持续1或者2个符号时,可以使PDSCH DMRS承载于第2个符号和/或第7个符号;当第2个符号用于CSI-RS或paging的发送时,可以使PDSCH DMRS承载于第3个符号、或者第4个符号、或者第5个符号、或者第6个符号。考虑到上述符号可能同时用于承载SSB,那么在这种情况下,用于传输PDSCH DMRS的频域资源与用于传输SSB的频域资源不重叠,也就是说,PDSCH DMRS承载于上述符号与SSB频域不重合的子载波上。For RMSI PDSCH with a duration of 2 symbols, 4 symbols, and 7 symbols, the first symbol can all be used to carry RMSI CORESET. When RMSI CORESET lasts for 1 or 2 symbols, PDSCH DMRS can be carried on the second symbol. Symbol and/or the seventh symbol; when the second symbol is used for CSI-RS or paging transmission, the PDSCH DMRS can be carried on the third symbol, or the fourth symbol, or the fifth symbol, or the 6 symbols. Considering that the above symbols may be used to carry SSB at the same time, in this case, the frequency domain resources used to transmit PDSCH DMRS and the frequency domain resources used to transmit SSB do not overlap, that is, PDSCH DMRS is carried on the above symbols and SSB frequency domain does not overlap subcarriers.
当终端设备进行下行信道估计时,可以使用PBCH DMRS和PDSCH DMRS联合进行信道估计。当PDSCH DMRS承载于第2个符号、第7个符号、或是其它符号,且该符号还用于进行RMSI PDSCH或者paging的传输时(两者传输的频域资源不重合),在解析RMSI PDSCH或者paging时需要进行速率匹配,具体地,可以去掉或忽略PDSCH DMRS对应的频域子载波,也就是说,用于传输RMSI PDSCH的频域资源或者用于传输paging的频域资源为用于传输PDSCH DMRS的频域资源之外的资源。When the terminal equipment performs downlink channel estimation, it can use PBCH DMRS and PDSCH DMRS to jointly perform channel estimation. When the PDSCH DMRS is carried on the second symbol, the seventh symbol, or other symbols, and the symbol is also used for the transmission of the RMSI PDSCH or paging (the frequency domain resources of the two transmissions do not overlap), when analyzing the RMSI PDSCH Or rate matching is required during paging. Specifically, the frequency domain subcarriers corresponding to PDSCH DMRS can be removed or ignored, that is, the frequency domain resources used to transmit RMSI PDSCH or the frequency domain resources used to transmit paging are used for transmission PDSCH DMRS resources other than frequency domain resources.
在现有的NR标准中,RMSI PDSCH在频域上支持连续RB映射,且不支持对SSB进行速率匹配操作。在非授权通信系统中,需要考虑RMSI PDSCH对SSB进行速率匹配,因为两者联合发送可以压缩整体传输信号的时域持续时间。当DRS传输持续时间小于1ms时,可以采用更高优先级的LBT(如CAT2,即2符号mini-slot),增加其成功发送的概率。当RMSI PDSCH对SSB进行速率匹配时,用于解调PDSCH的DMRS传输时间可能会发生偏移,因为它不能与共同传输的SSB占用同一个符号。当SSB传输模式如图12中的(2)时,RMSI PDSCH DMRS可以在符号1或符号6(对应slot内的第1个SSB)或者在符号8或符号13(对应slot内的第12个SSB)上进行传输,具体的传输时域位置取决于配置的CORESET是1个符号还是2个符号。In the existing NR standard, RMSI PDSCH supports continuous RB mapping in the frequency domain, and does not support rate matching operations on SSB. In an unlicensed communication system, RMSI PDSCH needs to be considered for rate matching with SSB, because the joint transmission of the two can compress the time domain duration of the overall transmission signal. When the DRS transmission duration is less than 1ms, a higher priority LBT (such as CAT2, 2 symbol mini-slot) can be used to increase the probability of its successful transmission. When the RMSI PDSCH performs rate matching on the SSB, the transmission time of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH may be offset because it cannot occupy the same symbol as the SSB that is transmitted together. When the SSB transmission mode is shown in Figure 12 (2), the RMSI PDSCH DMRS can be in symbol 1 or symbol 6 (corresponding to the first SSB in the slot) or symbol 8 or symbol 13 (corresponding to the 12th SSB in the slot) ), the specific transmission time domain position depends on whether the configured CORESET is 1 symbol or 2 symbols.
在现有NR标准中,对于4符号和7符号的mini slot,第一个DMRS不允许出现在第4个符号和及第4个符号以后。对于非授权通信系统,该限制需要解除,如上所述,RMSI PDSCH DMRS可能会出现在符号6或是符号13。另外一种可能的解决方案是,终端设备可能使用在符号2或符号9上发送的PBCH DMRS和RMSI PDSCH DMRS共同进行信道测量(如对整个20MHz带宽进行信道估计)以用于RMSI PDSCH的解调。在这种情况下,RMSI PDSCH可以在符号1、符号6、符号8、符号13上进行传输。In the existing NR standard, for mini-slots of 4 symbols and 7 symbols, the first DMRS is not allowed to appear after the 4th symbol and the 4th symbol. For unlicensed communication systems, this restriction needs to be lifted. As mentioned above, RMSI PDSCH DMRS may appear in symbol 6 or symbol 13. Another possible solution is that the terminal device may use the PBCH DMRS and RMSI PDSCH DMRS sent on symbol 2 or symbol 9 to perform channel measurement together (such as channel estimation for the entire 20MHz bandwidth) for RMSI PDSCH demodulation . In this case, the RMSI PDSCH can be transmitted on symbol 1, symbol 6, symbol 8, and symbol 13.
当RMSI PDSCH传输持续5或者6个符号时,需要增加额外的S和L的组合,例如S保持不变。L的取值可以是2,4,5,6,7中的任意一个。When the RMSI PDSCH transmission lasts for 5 or 6 symbols, an additional combination of S and L needs to be added, for example, S remains unchanged. The value of L can be any of 2, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
基于上述方案,当RMSI PDSCH出现在slot内不同位置时不需要进行DCI时域指示信息的更新,且给出了终端设备如何根据不同的情况在RMSI PDSCH和RMSI CORESET共存的符号上进行PDSCH频域资源解析的方法,以及如何解析SSB以及可能存在的 CSI-RS、paging等信号,即如何进行速率匹配的方式,从而终端设备可以获知传输PDSCH的时频资源,进而准确地接收数据。Based on the above solution, when the RMSI PDSCH appears in different positions in the slot, there is no need to update the DCI time domain indication information, and it shows how the terminal device performs the PDSCH frequency domain on the symbols where the RMSI PDSCH and RMSI CORESET coexist according to different situations. The method of resource analysis, and how to parse SSB and possible CSI-RS, paging and other signals, that is, how to perform rate matching, so that the terminal device can learn the time-frequency resource for transmitting PDSCH, and then accurately receive data.
应理解,上文实施例以数据为PDSCH为例进行说明,应理解,本申请实施例还可以应用于其他类型的数据。还应理解,上述符号均可以替换为OFDM符号。It should be understood that the above embodiments are described by taking the data as PDSCH as an example. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other types of data. It should also be understood that all the above symbols can be replaced with OFDM symbols.
基于上述描述,本申请实施例提供的方案,网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示SLIV,该SLIV包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息,因此,不管网络设备在什么位置LBT成功,或者说,用于传输数据的时域资源的起始位置出现在不同时域位置时,DCI中的时域资源指示信息均不需要进行更新,因为SLIV指示的是用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置,从而可以避免资源的浪费,降低对网络设备的要求,而且也可以保证终端设备正确获取传输数据的资源位置,进而正确接收数据,保证数据传输性能。Based on the above description, in the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device indicates the SLIV to the terminal device through DCI, and the SLIV includes information about the relative position between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI, Therefore, no matter where the network device succeeds in LBT, or in other words, when the starting position of the time domain resource used to transmit data appears in a different time domain position, the time domain resource indication information in the DCI does not need to be updated, because SLIV It indicates the relative position between the time domain resources used to transmit data and the time domain resources used to transmit DCI, so as to avoid waste of resources, reduce requirements on network equipment, and ensure that terminal equipment correctly obtains transmission data In order to receive data correctly, the data transmission performance can be guaranteed.
本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described in this document may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions fall within the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由终端设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,由网络设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It is understandable that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by terminal devices can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in terminal devices, and the methods and operations implemented by network devices can also be implemented by It can be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of network devices.
上述主要从各个交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of each interaction. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以使用硬件的形式实现,也可以使用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以使用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. in. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of using the corresponding functional modules to divide each functional module.
以上,结合图9至图14详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图15至图18详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 9 to 14. Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 15 to FIG. 18. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment and the description of the method embodiment correspond to each other. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiment. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方 法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to realize the described functions, but this realization should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. in. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function.
图15是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图所示,该通信装置1500可以包括通信单元1510和处理单元1520。通信单元1510可以与外部进行通信,处理单元1520用于进行数据处理。通信单元1510还可以称为通信接口或收发单元。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication device 1500 may include a communication unit 1510 and a processing unit 1520. The communication unit 1510 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 1520 is used for data processing. The communication unit 1510 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1500可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,可以为终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路。这时,该通信装置1500可以称为终端设备。通信单元1510用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的收发相关操作,处理单元1520用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关操作。In a possible design, the communication device 1500 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. At this time, the communication device 1500 may be referred to as a terminal device. The communication unit 1510 is used to perform the transceiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1520 is used to perform the processing related operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,通信单元1510用于:接收下行控制信息DCI,该DCI用于指示时域资源指示,该时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输该DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息;处理单元1520用于:确定时域资源指示;通信单元1510还用于:基于该时域资源指示,接收数据。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit 1510 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource used to transmit data and a DCI used to transmit the DCI. Information about the relative position between time domain resources; the processing unit 1520 is configured to determine a time domain resource indication; the communication unit 1510 is further configured to: receive data based on the time domain resource indication.
可选地,时域资源指示用于指示S和L,S表示用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,L表示用于传输数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。Optionally, the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L, S represents the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI, and L indicates the number of symbols used for transmission. The length of the time domain resource of the data, S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
可选地,S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;其中,T表示用于传输DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。Optionally, the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the number of symbols occupied by time domain resources used to transmit DCI, and T is greater than 1 or equal to 1. Integer.
可选地,通信单元1510还用于:获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示用于传输数据的频域资源的信息。Optionally, the communication unit 1510 is further configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used to transmit data.
可选地,第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:用于传输数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输数据的频域资源与通信装置1500专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及通信装置1500专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;或,用于传输数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及第一指示信息包括GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,用于传输数据的频域资源与通信装置1500专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及通信装置1500专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH; or, frequency domain resources used for data transmission and the communication device The frequency domain resources occupied by the 1500 dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the communication device 1500 dedicated PDCCH; or , The frequency domain resources used for data transmission are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH, and the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain used for data transmission The resources do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH of the communication device 1500, and the dedicated PDCCH of the communication device 1500 includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
可选地,通信单元1510还用于:接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示S表示用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。Optionally, the communication unit 1510 is further configured to: receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates the difference between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI. The number of symbols.
可选地,处理单元1520还用于:根据以下一项或多项确定用于传输数据的时频资源的位置:用于传输同步信号块的时频资源、用于传输信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的时频资源、用于传输寻呼paging的时频资源、或用于解调数据的解调参考信号DMRS的时 频资源。Optionally, the processing unit 1520 is further configured to: determine the position of the time-frequency resource used to transmit data according to one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block, and the channel state information reference signal CSI -RS time-frequency resources, time-frequency resources used to transmit paging, or time-frequency resources of demodulation reference signal DMRS used to demodulate data.
该通信装置1500可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法900中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,该通信装置1500可以包括用于执行图9中的方法900中的终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1500中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图9中的方法900的相应流程。The communication device 1500 may implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the method 900 according to the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1500 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method 900 in FIG. 9 . In addition, each unit in the communication device 1500 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 in FIG. 9.
其中,当该通信装置1500用于执行图9中的方法900时,通信单元1510可用于执行方法900中的步骤910和步骤920,处理单元1520可用于执行方法900中的终端设备确定时频资源位置等步骤。Wherein, when the communication device 1500 is used to execute the method 900 in FIG. 9, the communication unit 1510 may be used to execute steps 910 and 920 in the method 900, and the processing unit 1520 may be used to execute the terminal device determination time-frequency resource in the method 900 Location and other steps.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置1500中的通信单元1510可通过图17中示出的终端设备1700中的收发器1710实现,该通信装置1500中的处理单元1520可通过图17中示出的终端设备1700中的处理器1720实现。其中,收发器可以包括发射器和/或接收器,分别实现发送单元和接收单元的功能。It should also be understood that the communication unit 1510 in the communication device 1500 may be implemented by the transceiver 1710 in the terminal device 1700 shown in FIG. 17, and the processing unit 1520 in the communication device 1500 may be implemented by the terminal device shown in FIG. The processor 1720 in 1700 is implemented. Among them, the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
还应理解,该通信装置1500中的通信单元1510也可以为输入/输出接口。It should also be understood that the communication unit 1510 in the communication device 1500 may also be an input/output interface.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1500可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,可以为网络设备,或者配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路。这时,该通信装置1500可以称为网络设备。通信单元1510用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的收发相关操作,处理单元1520用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关操作。In another possible design, the communication device 1500 can implement the steps or processes performed by the network device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a network device, or a chip or circuit configured in the network device. At this time, the communication device 1500 may be referred to as a network device. The communication unit 1510 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1520 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the network device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,处理单元1520用于:确定时域资源指示;通信单元1510用于:向终端设备发送DCI,DCI包括时域资源指示的信息,时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1520 is configured to: determine the time domain resource indication; the communication unit 1510 is configured to: send DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes information about the time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes information for transmitting data. Information on the relative position between the time domain resource and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI.
可选地,时域资源指示用于指示S和L,S表示用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,L表示用于传输数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。Optionally, the time domain resource indicator is used to indicate S and L, S represents the number of symbols between the time domain resource used to transmit data and the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit DCI, and L indicates the number of symbols used for transmission. The length of the time domain resource of the data, S and L are integers greater than or equal to 0.
可选地,S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;其中,T表示用于传输DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。Optionally, the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2; where T represents the number of symbols occupied by time domain resources used to transmit DCI, and T is greater than 1 or equal to 1. Integer.
可选地,通信单元1510还用于:向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示用于传输数据的频域资源的信息。Optionally, the communication unit 1510 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used for data transmission.
可选地,第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:用于传输数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输数据的频域资源与终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;或,用于传输数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;或,用于传输数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及第一指示信息包括GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,用于传输数据的频域资源与终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及终端设备专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate any of the following: frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with frequency domain resources occupied by GC-PDCCH; or, frequency domain resources used for data transmission and terminal equipment The frequency domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH do not overlap; or, the frequency domain resources used for data transmission do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH; or, use The frequency domain resources used for data transmission are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or, the frequency domain resources used for data transmission are related to The frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH do not overlap, and the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
可选地,通信单元1510还用于:向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示S表示用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号 个数。Optionally, the communication unit 1510 is further configured to: send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit data and the time domain resource used to transmit DCI The number of symbols between.
该通信装置1500可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法900中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,该通信装置1500可以包括用于执行图9中的方法900中的网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1500中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图9中的方法900的相应流程。The communication device 1500 may implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the method 900 according to the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1500 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the network device in the method 900 in FIG. 9 . In addition, each unit in the communication device 1500 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 in FIG. 9.
其中,当该通信装置1500用于执行图9中的方法900时,通信单元1510可用于执行方法900中的步骤910和步骤920,处理单元1520可用于执行方法900中的步骤901。Wherein, when the communication device 1500 is used to execute the method 900 in FIG. 9, the communication unit 1510 can be used to execute steps 910 and 920 in the method 900, and the processing unit 1520 can be used to execute step 901 in the method 900.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置1500中的通信单元为可通过图17中示出的网络设备1800中的收发器1810实现,该通信装置1500中的处理单元1520可通过图18中示出的网络设备1800中的处理器1820实现。It should also be understood that the communication unit in the communication device 1500 can be implemented by the transceiver 1810 in the network device 1800 shown in FIG. 17, and the processing unit 1520 in the communication device 1500 can be implemented by the network device shown in FIG. The processor 1820 in 1800 is implemented.
还应理解,该通信装置1500中的通信单元1510也可以为输入/输出接口。其中,收发器可以包括发射器和/或接收器,分别实现发送单元和接收单元的功能。It should also be understood that the communication unit 1510 in the communication device 1500 may also be an input/output interface. Among them, the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1600的又一示意性框图。如图所示,通信装置1600包括收发器1610、处理器1620、和存储器1630,存储器1630中存储有程序,处理器1620用于执行存储器1630中存储的程序,对存储器1630中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器1620用于执行上文方法实施例中的相关处理步骤,对存储器1630中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器1620控制收发器1610执行上文方法实施例中的收发相关步骤。FIG. 16 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication device 1600 includes a transceiver 1610, a processor 1620, and a memory 1630. The memory 1630 stores programs. The processor 1620 is used to execute the programs stored in the memory 1630 and execute the programs stored in the memory 1630. , So that the processor 1620 is used to execute the relevant processing steps in the above method embodiment, and executes the program stored in the memory 1630, so that the processor 1620 controls the transceiver 1610 to execute the transceiver related steps in the above method embodiment.
作为一种实现,该通信装置1600用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作,这时,对存储器1630中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器1620用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理步骤,对存储器1630中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器1620控制收发器1610执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的接收和发送步骤。As an implementation, the communication device 1600 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the execution of the program stored in the memory 1630 enables the processor 1620 to execute the above method embodiment. The processing steps on the terminal device side in the middle, execute the program stored in the memory 1630, so that the processor 1620 controls the transceiver 1610 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
作为另一种实现,该通信装置1600用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作,这时,对存储器1630中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器1620用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理步骤,对存储器1630中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器1620控制收发器1610执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的接收和发送步骤。As another implementation, the communication device 1600 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the execution of the program stored in the memory 1630 enables the processor 1620 to perform the above method implementation. In the example, the processing steps on the network device side execute the programs stored in the memory 1630 so that the processor 1620 controls the transceiver 1610 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the network device side in the above method embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1700,该通信装置1700可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1700可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1700, and the communication device 1700 may be a terminal device or a chip. The communication device 1700 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置1700为终端设备时,图17示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图17中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图17所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device 1700 is a terminal device, FIG. 17 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 17, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 17, the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。 当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图17中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 17. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
如图17所示,终端设备包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720。收发单元1710也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元1720也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选地,可以将收发单元1710中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1710中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1710包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。As shown in FIG. 17, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720. The transceiver unit 1710 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. The processing unit 1720 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1710 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1710 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1710 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元1720用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。收发单元1710用于执行图9中所示的步骤910和步骤920,和/或收发单元1710还用于执行终端设备侧的其他收发步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 1720 is configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application. The transceiving unit 1710 is used to perform steps 910 and 920 shown in FIG. 9, and/or the transceiving unit 1710 is also used to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal device side.
应理解,图17仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的终端设备可以不依赖于图17所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 17 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 17.
当该通信设备1700为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1700 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1800,该通信装置1800可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1800可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1800, which may be a network device or a chip. The communication device 1800 can be used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置1800为网络设备时,例如为基站。图18示出了一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括1810部分以及1820部分。1810部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1820部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。1810部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1820部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。When the communication device 1800 is a network device, for example, it is a base station. Figure 18 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure. The base station includes 1810 part and 1820 part. The 1810 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1820 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling the base station. The 1810 part can usually be called a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, or transceiver. The 1820 part is usually the control center of the base station, and can usually be referred to as a processing unit, which is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
1810部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线和射频单元,其中射频单元主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将1810部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即1810部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver unit of part 1810 may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc. It includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device used for implementing the receiving function in part 1810 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device used for implementing the sending function can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the part 1810 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit. The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
1820部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式, 也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。The 1820 part may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, the boards can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processing at the same time. Device.
例如,在一种实现方式中,1810部分的收发单元用于执行图9中所示的步骤910和步骤920中网络设备侧的发送操作,和/或1810部分的收发单元还用于执行本申请实施例中网络设备侧的其他收发步骤。1820部分的处理单元用于执行图9中步骤901的处理操作,和/或1820部分的处理单元还用于执行本申请实施例中网络设备侧的处理步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the transceiving unit of part 1810 is used to perform the sending operation on the network device side in step 910 and step 920 shown in FIG. 9, and/or the transceiving unit of part 1810 is also used to perform the present application Other transceiving steps on the network device side in the embodiment. The processing unit in part 1820 is used to perform the processing operation of step 901 in FIG. 9, and/or the processing unit in part 1820 is also used to perform the processing steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,图18仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的网络设备可以不依赖于图18所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 18 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 18.
当该通信装置1800为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1800 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Among them, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
另外,网络设备不限于上述形态,也可以是其它形态:例如:包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit,ARU),或BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU);也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE),还可以为其它形态,本申请不限定。In addition, the network equipment is not limited to the above forms, and may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or BBU and active antenna unit (AAU); or Customer premises equipment (CPE) may also be in other forms, which is not limited by this application.
上述BBU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由网络设备内部实现的动作,而RRU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的网络设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned BBU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the network device, and the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口。所述处理器可用于执行上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface. The processor may be used to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the foregoing processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译 码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图9至图15所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code, which when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 9 to 15 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图9至图15所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores a program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 9 to 15 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个终端设备以及一个或多个网络设备。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
上述各个装置实施例中网络设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中 接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network equipment in the above device embodiments corresponds to the network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps. For example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the receiving or sending in the method embodiments. In addition to sending and receiving, other steps can be executed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There may be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖 在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (31)
- 一种接收数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving data, characterized by comprising:终端设备接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于指示时域资源指示,所述时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息;The terminal device receives downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes a relative position between a time domain resource used to transmit data and a time domain resource used to transmit the DCI Information;基于所述时域资源指示,所述终端设备接收所述数据。Based on the time domain resource indication, the terminal device receives the data.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域资源指示用于指示S和L,所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,所述L表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。The method according to claim 1, wherein the time domain resource indication is used to indicate S and L, and the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the starting positions of the resource, the L represents the length of the time domain resource used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to zero.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;The method according to claim 2, wherein the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2;其中,T表示用于传输所述DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。Wherein, T represents the number of symbols occupied by the time domain resources used to transmit the DCI, and T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示用于传输所述数据的频域资源的信息。The terminal device obtains first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used to transmit the data.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:The method according to claim 4, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following:用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及所述第一指示信息包括所述GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。The terminal device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates that the time domain resource used to transmit the data is between the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols.
- 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备根据以下一项或多项确定用于传输所述数据的时频资源的位置:The terminal device determines the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the data according to one or more of the following:用于传输同步信号块的时频资源、用于传输信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的时频资源、用于传输寻呼paging的时频资源、或用于解调所述数据的解调参考信号DMRS的时频资源。The time-frequency resource used to transmit the synchronization signal block, the time-frequency resource used to transmit the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, the time-frequency resource used to transmit paging, or the demodulation reference used to demodulate the data The time-frequency resource of the signal DMRS.
- 一种发送数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending data, characterized in that it comprises:网络设备确定时域资源指示;The network equipment determines the time domain resource indication;所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述DCI,所述DCI包括所述时域资源指示的信息,所 述时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息。The network device sends the DCI to a terminal device, where the DCI includes information indicated by the time domain resource, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource used to transmit data and a time domain used to transmit the DCI Information about the relative location between resources.
- 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域资源指示用于指示S和L,所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,所述L表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。The method according to claim 8, wherein the time domain resource indication is used to indicate S and L, and the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the starting positions of the resource, the L represents the length of the time domain resource used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to zero.
- 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;The method according to claim 9, wherein the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2;其中,T表示用于传输所述DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。Wherein, T represents the number of symbols occupied by the time domain resources used to transmit the DCI, and T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that:所述方法还包括:The method also includes:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示用于传输所述数据的频域资源的信息。The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used to transmit the data.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:The method according to claim 11, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following:用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及所述第一指示信息包括所述GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。The network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the S indicates the time domain resource used to transmit the data and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the starting positions.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元,A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit,所述通信单元用于:接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于指示时域资源指示,所述时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息;The communication unit is configured to receive downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to indicate a time domain resource indication, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource for transmitting data and a time domain resource for transmitting the DCI The relative position information between;所述处理单元用于:确定所述时域资源指示;The processing unit is used to determine the time domain resource indication;所述通信单元还用于:基于所述时域资源指示,接收所述数据。The communication unit is further configured to: receive the data based on the time domain resource indication.
- 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域资源指示用于指示S和L,所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,所述L表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。The apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the time domain resource indication is used to indicate S and L, and the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the starting positions of the resource, the L represents the length of the time domain resource used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to zero.
- 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,所述S的取值为以下任意一项:T、 T+1、T+2;The device according to claim 15, wherein the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2;其中,T表示用于传输所述DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。Wherein, T represents the number of symbols occupied by the time domain resources used to transmit the DCI, and T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求14或15所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 14 or 15, characterized in that:所述通信单元还用于:获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示用于传输所述数据的频域资源的信息。The communication unit is further configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used to transmit the data.
- 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following:用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述通信装置专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH of the communication device;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及所述通信装置专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the dedicated PDCCH of the communication device;用于传输所述数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及所述第一指示信息包括所述GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述通信装置专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及所述通信装置专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the communication device dedicated PDCCH, and the communication device dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- 根据权利要求15或16所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that:所述通信单元还用于:接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。The communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the S indicates the difference between the time domain resource used to transmit the data and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI. The number of symbols between the start positions.
- 根据权利要求14至19中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 14 to 19, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:根据以下一项或多项确定用于传输所述数据的时频资源的位置:Determine the location of the time-frequency resource used to transmit the data according to one or more of the following:用于传输同步信号块的时频资源、用于传输信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的时频资源、用于传输寻呼paging的时频资源、用于解调所述数据的解调参考信号DMRS的时频资源。Time-frequency resources used to transmit synchronization signal blocks, time-frequency resources used to transmit channel state information reference signals CSI-RS, time-frequency resources used to transmit paging, and demodulation reference signals used to demodulate the data Time-frequency resources of DMRS.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元,A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit,所述处理单元用于:确定时域资源指示时域资源指示;The processing unit is used to determine a time domain resource indication and a time domain resource indication;所述通信单元用于:向终端设备发送所述DCI,所述DCI包括所述时域资源指示的信息,所述时域资源指示包括用于传输数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源之间的相对位置的信息。The communication unit is configured to send the DCI to a terminal device, where the DCI includes information indicated by the time domain resource, and the time domain resource indication includes a time domain resource used to transmit data and a time domain resource used to transmit the DCI. The relative position information between the time domain resources.
- 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域资源指示用于指示S和L,所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数,所述L表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源的长度,S、L为大于0或等于0的整数。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the time domain resource indication is used to indicate S and L, and the S represents a time domain resource used to transmit the data and a time domain used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between the starting positions of the resource, the L represents the length of the time domain resource used to transmit the data, and S and L are integers greater than or equal to zero.
- 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述S的取值为以下任意一项:T、T+1、T+2;The device according to claim 22, wherein the value of S is any one of the following: T, T+1, T+2;其中,T表示用于传输所述DCI的时域资源所占的符号数,T为大于1或等于1的整数。Wherein, T represents the number of symbols occupied by the time domain resources used to transmit the DCI, and T is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein:所述通信单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指 示用于传输所述数据的频域资源的信息。The communication unit is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resource information used to transmit the data.
- 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下任意一项:The device according to claim 24, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following:用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠;The frequency domain resources used to transmit the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源与GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源、以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源均不重叠;The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH and the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH;用于传输所述数据的频域资源为GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源以外的资源,以及所述第一指示信息包括所述GC-PDCCH所占的频域资源的信息;或,The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data are resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH, and the first indication information includes information about the frequency domain resources occupied by the GC-PDCCH; or,用于传输所述数据的频域资源与所述终端设备专用PDCCH所占的频域资源不重叠,以及所述终端设备专用PDCCH包括用于指示没有传输GC-PDCCH的指示信息。The frequency domain resources used for transmitting the data do not overlap with the frequency domain resources occupied by the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH, and the terminal equipment dedicated PDCCH includes indication information for indicating that the GC-PDCCH is not transmitted.
- 根据权利要求21至25中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述S表示用于传输所述数据的时域资源与用于传输所述DCI的时域资源的起始位置之间的符号个数。Send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that S indicates the start position of the time domain resource used to transmit the data and the time domain resource used to transmit the DCI The number of symbols between.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:处理器,用于与存储器耦合,执行所述存储器中的指令,以实现如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to be coupled with the memory and execute the instructions in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:如权利要求14至20中任一项所述的通信装置,和/或,如权利要求21至26中任一项所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising: the communication device according to any one of claims 14 to 20, and/or the communication device according to any one of claims 21 to 26.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
- 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
- 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:A chip, characterized in that it comprises:存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs;处理器,用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201910364413.0A CN111867074B (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2019-04-30 | Method for receiving data and transmitting data, and communication device |
CN201910364413.0 | 2019-04-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020221055A1 true WO2020221055A1 (en) | 2020-11-05 |
Family
ID=72965089
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/085760 WO2020221055A1 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2020-04-21 | Method for receiving data and sending data, and communication apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN111867074B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020221055A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20220086883A1 (en) * | 2020-09-14 | 2022-03-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control signaling for multicast communications |
US11464035B2 (en) | 2019-05-02 | 2022-10-04 | Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. | Method for transmitting and receiving shared channel in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
CN116671206A (en) * | 2020-12-29 | 2023-08-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
WO2024092773A1 (en) * | 2022-11-04 | 2024-05-10 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Time-frequency domain synchronization adjustment method and apparatus |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114641013B (en) * | 2020-12-15 | 2025-02-07 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, terminal and network side equipment |
WO2022126632A1 (en) * | 2020-12-18 | 2022-06-23 | 华为技术有限公司 | Downlink transmission method and apparatus |
CN115208529B (en) * | 2021-04-12 | 2024-05-07 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Signal transmission method, terminal and network side equipment |
EP4322655A4 (en) * | 2021-04-30 | 2024-05-29 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Resource indication method, apparatus, and system |
CN115379569A (en) * | 2021-05-20 | 2022-11-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | A communication method and communication device |
WO2023097628A1 (en) * | 2021-12-02 | 2023-06-08 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Resource indication method and apparatus, and information receiving method and apparatus |
CN114731262A (en) * | 2022-02-12 | 2022-07-08 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method, device, communication equipment and storage medium for sending configuration information |
CN116647802A (en) * | 2022-02-15 | 2023-08-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and communication device |
WO2024168735A1 (en) * | 2023-02-16 | 2024-08-22 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Wireless transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017044142A1 (en) * | 2015-09-11 | 2017-03-16 | Intel Corporation | Device and method for enhanced seamless mobility |
CN108988996A (en) * | 2017-06-05 | 2018-12-11 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | A kind of data transmission and reception processing method and processing device of Physical Downlink Control Channel |
CN109600846A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2019-04-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of determination method and device of time-domain information |
CN110536448A (en) * | 2019-08-15 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of information determines method, apparatus and storage medium |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109152041B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2023-11-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission methods, terminal equipment and network equipment |
CN108307509B (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2022-01-18 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Downlink time domain resource scheduling method and network equipment |
-
2019
- 2019-04-30 CN CN201910364413.0A patent/CN111867074B/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-04-21 WO PCT/CN2020/085760 patent/WO2020221055A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017044142A1 (en) * | 2015-09-11 | 2017-03-16 | Intel Corporation | Device and method for enhanced seamless mobility |
CN108988996A (en) * | 2017-06-05 | 2018-12-11 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | A kind of data transmission and reception processing method and processing device of Physical Downlink Control Channel |
CN109600846A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2019-04-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of determination method and device of time-domain information |
CN110536448A (en) * | 2019-08-15 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of information determines method, apparatus and storage medium |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
HUAWEI ET AL.: "DL/UL intra-UE transmission prioritization and multiplexing", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #94BIS R1-1810718, 12 October 2018 (2018-10-12), XP051518122, DOI: 20200707191933A * |
VIVO: "Discussion on the Enhancements to Configured Grants", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #96BIS R1-1904068, 12 April 2019 (2019-04-12), XP051691273, DOI: 20200707192308A * |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11464035B2 (en) | 2019-05-02 | 2022-10-04 | Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. | Method for transmitting and receiving shared channel in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
US11825471B2 (en) | 2019-05-02 | 2023-11-21 | Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. | Method for transmitting and receiving shared channel in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
US12047946B2 (en) | 2019-05-02 | 2024-07-23 | Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. | Method for transmitting and receiving shared channel in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
US12200697B2 (en) | 2019-05-02 | 2025-01-14 | Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. | Method for transmitting and receiving shared channel in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
US20220086883A1 (en) * | 2020-09-14 | 2022-03-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control signaling for multicast communications |
US11751195B2 (en) * | 2020-09-14 | 2023-09-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control signaling for multicast communications |
CN116671206A (en) * | 2020-12-29 | 2023-08-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
WO2024092773A1 (en) * | 2022-11-04 | 2024-05-10 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Time-frequency domain synchronization adjustment method and apparatus |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN111867074A (en) | 2020-10-30 |
CN111867074B (en) | 2023-04-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2020221055A1 (en) | Method for receiving data and sending data, and communication apparatus | |
JP2023154046A (en) | Methods for flexible resource usage | |
US20210160852A1 (en) | Resource configuration method and terminal device | |
CN107836133B (en) | Scheduling in License Assisted Access | |
US11324020B2 (en) | Data scheduling and transmission for different logical channels | |
WO2020025042A1 (en) | Resource configuration method and terminal device | |
CN107980240A (en) | Channel access configures | |
CN113473638B (en) | Method and device for determining transmission bandwidth and storage medium | |
EP3357184B1 (en) | Method, apparatus and computer program for transmitting physical layer signals | |
CN110167172A (en) | A kind of method and apparatus for transmitting information | |
EP3787357B1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
WO2020221057A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
US20220312459A1 (en) | Enhanced Configured Grants | |
US12133232B2 (en) | Enhanced configured grants | |
CN115843115A (en) | Method and device for sideline communication | |
WO2023165468A1 (en) | Resource determination method and device | |
WO2020164635A1 (en) | Initial signal transmission method and device | |
US20250056434A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus, and system | |
CN117042146A (en) | Resource selection method and device | |
CN110890953B (en) | Communication method and communication device using unlicensed frequency band | |
WO2022252954A1 (en) | Resource configuration method and apparatus | |
CN116017487A (en) | Wireless communication method, network device and terminal device | |
CN117083945A (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device | |
US12035335B2 (en) | Sidelink communication method and apparatus | |
JP7416206B2 (en) | Uplink signal transmission/reception method and device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20798881 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20798881 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |